WO2019221268A1 - Anti-fogging laminate and method for producing same - Google Patents

Anti-fogging laminate and method for producing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019221268A1
WO2019221268A1 PCT/JP2019/019655 JP2019019655W WO2019221268A1 WO 2019221268 A1 WO2019221268 A1 WO 2019221268A1 JP 2019019655 W JP2019019655 W JP 2019019655W WO 2019221268 A1 WO2019221268 A1 WO 2019221268A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
inorganic particles
composition
surfactant
weight
layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/019655
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
渡辺 誠
岡崎 光樹
貴行 塙
Original Assignee
三井化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三井化学株式会社 filed Critical 三井化学株式会社
Priority to JP2020519942A priority Critical patent/JP6945069B2/en
Publication of WO2019221268A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019221268A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an anti-fogging laminate and a method for producing the same, and more particularly to an anti-fogging laminate having excellent scratch resistance and a method for producing the same.
  • a method of developing anti-fogging properties (A) a method of reducing the contact angle between the substrate and water; (B) a method of preventing the formation of water droplets by making the substrate surface water absorbent; (C) A method of increasing the contact angle between the substrate and water and rolling it off without causing water droplets to remain on the substrate, and (D) A method has been proposed in which the substrate is always kept at a temperature equal to or higher than the dew point and water droplets are not attached (for example, see Non-Patent Document 1).
  • Non-Patent Document 1 proposes a method for improving hydrophilicity and water absorption by using an anti-fogging paint containing a reactive surfactant and an acrylic oligomer.
  • the method (b) can be performed by forming a water-absorbing layer containing a hydrophilic material on the surface of the substrate.
  • a water-absorbing layer containing a hydrophilic material on the surface of the substrate.
  • the antifogging property can be imparted by suppressing light scattering because it spreads even if moisture adheres due to condensation or the like.
  • Such hydrophilic materials can be used for various purposes (glasses, goggles, window glass, mirrors, displays, headlamps, etc.) for a long time. In some cases, the “antifogging property” was not sufficient. This initial antifogging problem has also been improved by the proposal of the present inventors (Patent Document 1).
  • the method (a) can be carried out by allowing a surfactant to be present on the surface of the substrate.
  • One specific method is application or adhesion of a surfactant to the surface of the substrate.
  • the anti-fogging property is difficult to maintain because the surfactant easily flows out due to moisture aggregated on the surface.
  • the present inventors In the surface treatment of a base material with a material containing a surfactant, the present inventors have formed a combination of layers having a specific configuration on the surface of the base material, thereby causing the surface of the surfactant to bleed out. The inventors have found that a sufficiently high scratch resistance can be secured while appropriately controlling, and have completed the present invention.
  • the present invention relates to the following [1] to [15].
  • [1] Including a substrate, a storage layer (A), and a buffer layer (B) in this order; The storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) are in direct contact with each other; The ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is in the range of 1.3-15,
  • the storage layer (A) is A polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, Inorganic particles (a2), and surfactant (a3)
  • a cured product of the composition (A-1) comprising:
  • the buffer layer (B) A polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, and inorganic particles (b2)
  • a cured product of the composition (B-1) comprising:
  • the composition (B-1) further contains or does not contain a surfactant (b3);
  • the content of the surfactant (b) the content of the
  • the inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group;
  • the inorganic particles (a2-1) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) are independently modified with a silica particle modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the inorganic particles (b2) include inorganic particles (b2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and The weight of the inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group in the composition (B-1) is modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is greater than the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1).
  • the laminate according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the laminate is small.
  • n an integer of 1 to 30.
  • the surfactant (a3) and the surfactant (b3) are any one or more selected from the group consisting of polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether.
  • composition (B-1) further comprises a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and an anionic hydrophilic group.
  • step (S5) is performed under heating at 50 to 90 ° C.
  • the laminated body which concerns on this invention contains the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order.
  • the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) are in direct contact with each other.
  • the term “(meth) acryloyl group” is used to collectively represent an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group
  • the term “(meth) acrylic acid” is acrylic acid
  • the term “(meth) acrylate” are used to collectively represent acrylate and methacrylate
  • the term “(meth) acrylic” is used to collectively represent acrylic and methacrylic.
  • total dry weight for a composition means the total weight of components excluding the solvent component among the components constituting the composition, unless otherwise specified.
  • the storage layer (A) is: A polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, Inorganic particles (a2), and surfactant (a3) A cured product of the composition (A-1) containing
  • the storage layer (A) stores the surfactant (a3) therein, and constantly supplies the surfactant (a3) to the surface of the laminate of the present invention through the buffer layer (B) described later. Fulfill. Thereby, the laminated body of this invention exhibits high anti-fogging property.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups is stored in the storage layer (A) through a network structure formed by bonding to each other through the curing of the composition (A-1). And a space for storing the surfactant (a3) in the storage layer (A). That is, the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is converted into a corresponding polymer through the curing of the composition (A-1), and constitutes a polymer component in the storage layer (A).
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention comprises two or more (meth) acryloyl groups and a linker moiety that fixes these (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention does not contain an anionic group or a cationic group. In this respect, it differs from the “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer” described later in the section “Buffer Layer (B)”.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is an ester of (meth) acrylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups.
  • the “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” may be an alkane polyol such as alkanediol or alkanetriol, or a polyoxyalkylene glycol such as polyethylene glycol or a polyoxyalkylene added to the alkane polyol.
  • the “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” may further contain an aromatic ring or may correspond to an alicyclic compound.
  • the above “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” preferably contains a polyoxyalkylene structure, for example, a diol containing a polyoxyethylene structure.
  • polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups containing an aromatic ring include ethylene oxide adducts of bisphenol.
  • n an integer of 1 to 30
  • polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate examples include tetradecaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and tricosaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the specific amount of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) constituting the storage layer (A) is usually 30 to 70% by weight, preferably 45 to 45% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). 60% by weight.
  • the composition (B-1) that gives the buffer layer (B) by curing has many
  • an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer can be further included.
  • the composition (A-1) includes an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer similar to the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer that can be contained in the composition (B-1) described later. This does not necessarily exclude the possibility of being However, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the composition (A-1) usually does not contain such an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer.
  • the inorganic particles (a2) are particles of an inorganic substance.
  • the inorganic particles (a2) are incorporated in the storage layer (A) in the form of being incorporated into a network structure formed by the bonding of the polyfunctional monomers (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups. It is encapsulated and plays a role of imparting appropriate hardness and strength to the storage layer (A).
  • the inorganic particles (a2) used in the present invention may be called inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as “inorganic particles (a2-0)”). Or the inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter, simply referred to as “inorganic particles (a2-1)”). ).
  • the inorganic particles (a2-0) are unmodified inorganic particles, that is, particles substantially composed of an inorganic substance.
  • this does not mean that the content of the organic substance in the inorganic particles (a2-0) should be strictly zero.
  • An organic substance that does not exhibit reactivity may be contained in a trace amount that does not affect the physical properties of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0).
  • the inorganic particles (a2-0) are inevitably mixed in due to the manufacturing process, and a small amount of organic substances that are unavoidably adsorbed on the surface by standing in the atmosphere. The trace amount of organic substance may be contained.
  • Examples of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0) include metal oxides such as silica, zirconia, alumina, tin oxide, antimony oxide, and titania, and nanodiamond particles.
  • metal oxides such as silica, zirconia, alumina, tin oxide, antimony oxide, and titania, and nanodiamond particles.
  • silica and zirconia are particularly preferable from the viewpoints of dispersibility in resin, hardness, and light resistance.
  • the particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is preferably 5 to 50 nm, more preferably 10 to 30 nm. It is preferable that the particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is not less than the lower limit because hardness is easily obtained and the dispersibility of the particles in the composition (A-1) is improved. On the other hand, it is preferable that the particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is not more than the above upper limit value because the transparency is improved when the composition (A-1) is a cured product such as a cured film.
  • the particle diameter of the inorganic particles (a2-0) can be determined by a dynamic scattering method using laser light.
  • the inorganic particles (a2-0) as described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the inorganic particles (a2-1) have the inorganic particles (a2-0) as basic particles and have functional groups containing (meth) acryloyl groups on the surface of the basic particles.
  • the inorganic particles (a2-1) are integrated with the network structure formed by the bond between the polyfunctional monomers (a1) through the covalent bond.
  • Preferable examples of such inorganic particles (a2-1) include silica particles modified with a functional group containing (meth) acryloyl groups and zirconia particles modified with a functional group containing (meth) acryloyl groups. .
  • the “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particle (a2-1) has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal, and further connects the (meth) acryloyl group and the base particle. And a linking group.
  • Such inorganic particles (a2-1) are commercially available, and examples of such commercially available products include organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries.
  • the inorganic particles (a2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the specific amount of the inorganic particles (a2) in the storage layer (A) is usually 30 to 60% by weight, preferably 35 to 50% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1).
  • the ratio of the inorganic particles (a2-0) to the inorganic particles (a2-1) is:
  • the amount of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is usually more than 0% by weight and 30% by weight or less.
  • the amount of the inorganic particles (a2-1) is usually less than 100% by weight and 70% by weight or more.
  • the ratio of the inorganic particles (a2) to the polyfunctional monomer (a1) constituting the storage layer (A) is the same as the content of the inorganic particles (a2) in the composition (A-1).
  • the ratio with respect to the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is usually in the range of 0.6 / 1 to 1/1.
  • the surfactant (a3) is stored inside the storage layer (A), and oozes out to the surface of the laminate of the present invention through the buffer layer (B) described later, whereby the laminate of the present invention. It plays a role of imparting antifogging properties to the water. As long as the surfactant (a3) can fulfill such a role, there is no particular limitation on the structure it should have. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  • the surfactant (a3) when the surfactant (a3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) preferably does not have an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure. That is, the surfactant (a3) preferably does not have any of the structures represented by the following formulas (AC1) to (AC2):
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more).
  • the surfactant (a3) used in the present invention is The surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the following conditions: (i) having a polyoxyalkylene structure, (ii) not having any of the structures represented by the above formulas (AC1) to (AC2) It can be. However, in the present invention, as the surfactant (a3), those having no polymerizability are used, particularly those not containing an unsaturated bond in the molecule.
  • the surfactant (a3) contains a hydrocarbon group and a polyoxyalkylene structure, and examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group.
  • examples of the repeating units constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure -O-CH 2 CH 2 - , - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and the like include Among these, —O—CH 2 CH 2 — is preferable.
  • the number of repeating units constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably 1-30.
  • the surfactant (a3) further has an anionic hydrophilic group.
  • the anionic hydrophilic group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, an O-sulfate group (—O—SO 3 ⁇ ), an N-sulfate group (—NH—SO 3 ⁇ ), and the like.
  • anionic hydrophilic groups a phosphate group and an O-sulfate group (—O—SO 3 ⁇ ) are preferable.
  • These anionic hydrophilic groups may be in the form of a free acid or a salt with a suitable cation, but in many cases have the corresponding sodium, potassium or ammonium salt form.
  • One of the surfactants (a3) suitably used in the present invention includes, for example, one having a structure represented by the following formula (SS1): R — [— O—R′—] n —X (SS1)
  • R represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R ′ represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n is an integer of 1 to 30
  • X represents a hydroxyl group or any anionic hydrophilic group selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, a phosphono group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, an O-sulfate group and an N-sulfate group.
  • anionic hydrophilic groups that can be X
  • a phosphoric acid group and an O-sulfuric acid group are preferable.
  • the anionic hydrophilic group exemplified as X may be in the form of a free acid or a salt with an appropriate cation, but in many cases, it has a corresponding sodium salt, potassium salt or ammonium salt form. doing.
  • sodium salt is the most common, but it does not preclude having a salt form with other cations such as ammonium salt.
  • Examples of the surfactant (a3) having an anionic hydrophilic group include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfates, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether sulfates, and mixtures thereof. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfates. Examples thereof include polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate such as sodium oxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
  • the surfactant (a3) used in the present invention may be a nonionic surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  • examples of such surfactant (a3) include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkenyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
  • examples of the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether include polyoxyalkylene branched decyl ether, polyoxyalkylene dodecyl ether (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether), polyoxyalkylene tridecyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene oleyl cetyl ether.
  • the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, and examples thereof include polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
  • the surfactant (a3) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the specific amount of the surfactant (a3) in the storage layer (A) is usually 1.0 to 5.0% by weight, preferably 1.5%, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). ⁇ 3.0 wt%.
  • the composition (A-1) does not correspond to the surfactant (a3) in addition to the surfactant (a3), depending on the composition and use of the laminate of the present invention.
  • Other surfactant hereinafter referred to as “other surfactant” may further be included.
  • the “other surfactant” is not particularly limited as long as it does not correspond to the surfactant (a3), and may be a conventionally known surfactant.
  • surfactant As “other surfactant” that can be used in the present invention, (I) a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3 ′)”); (Ii) Surfactant having no polyoxyalkylene structure, acrylic polymer structure, or methacrylic polymer structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3 ′′)”) Is mentioned.
  • surfactant (a3 ′) a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure and a polyoxyalkylene structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3′-1)”).
  • the “surfactant (a3′-1)” typically has an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure as a main chain, and has a polyoxyalkylene structure as a pendant group.
  • a surfactant (a3′-1) a (meth) acrylic acid ester having a (poly) oxyalkylene group having a hydroxyl group at the terminal, as disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 3308581
  • a surfactant having a structural unit corresponding to the alkyl ester of (meth) acrylic acid may further have other structural units such as a structural unit corresponding to (meth) acrylate.
  • Such “surfactant (a3′-1)” may be a commercially available product, and examples thereof include Polyflow WS-314 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the “surfactant (a3 ′)” does not necessarily have a polyoxyalkylene structure. That is, the “surfactant (a3 ′)” is a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure but not having a polyoxyalkylene structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3′-2)”). It may be.
  • This “surfactant (a3′-2)” has a hydrophilic group other than the polyoxyalkylene structure as the hydrophilic group.
  • hydrophilic groups other than the polyoxyalkylene structure examples include anionic hydrophilic groups such as sulfo group, phosphono group, carboxyl group, phosphate group, O-sulfate group and N-sulfate group, amino group, and quaternary ammonium structure.
  • anionic hydrophilic groups such as sulfo group, phosphono group, carboxyl group, phosphate group, O-sulfate group and N-sulfate group, amino group, and quaternary ammonium structure.
  • cationic hydrophilic groups such as As one of such “surfactant (a3′-2)”, an N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide polymer segment and a hydrophilic group-containing polymer as disclosed in JP 2012-177040 A, etc. (Meth) acrylic block copolymers having the following segments.
  • the “surfactant (a3 ′)” is a temperature-sensitive acrylic polymer-based surfactant, that is, an acrylic polymer-based interface that exhibits surface activity below a certain temperature and does not exhibit surface activity above a certain temperature.
  • An activator may be used, and examples of the commercially available product include KL-850 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • examples of the “surfactant (a3 ′′)” include dialkylsulfosuccinate.
  • the laminate of the present invention may have two or more storage layers (A).
  • the storage layer closest to the substrate hereinafter referred to as “storage layer”).
  • the base material is polydiethylene glycol diallyl carbonate, polydiallyl carbonate, etc., and a primer layer is provided between the base material and the storage layer (A).
  • the “storage layer (A0)” may function as a protective layer (P) in order to prevent the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) from entering the primer layer. is there.
  • the “storage layer (A0)” and the “storage layer (A1)” may be separately created by “other surfactant”.
  • a surfactant corresponding to the “surfactant (a3′-1)” such as Polyflow WS-314 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. is used. Can be mentioned.
  • the specific amount of such “other surfactant” is usually more than 0% by weight and 0.2% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) for the storage layer (A0). Yes, preferably 0.03 to 0.1% by weight.
  • examples of “other surfactants” that can be contained in the storage layer (A1) include Polyflow KL-850 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. The specific amount of such “other surfactant” is usually more than 0% by weight and 0.05% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) for the storage layer (A1). Yes, preferably 0.25 to 0.35% by weight. “Other surfactants” that may be contained in the composition (A-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the storage layer (A) comprises a composition (A-1) containing the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2) and the surfactant (a3). It can be obtained by curing. That is, the storage layer (A) is a cured product of the composition (A-1).
  • the shape of the storage layer (A) in the present invention may be a plate shape or a film shape.
  • the thickness of the storage layer (A) is preferably 4.0 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 5.3 ⁇ m or more so that the laminate can exhibit sufficient antifogging properties even after being washed with water.
  • the amount of surfactant contained in the storage layer (A) increases as the thickness of the storage layer (A) increases, high anti-fogging performance and anti-fogging durability tend to be improved.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the layer (A) is not particularly limited as long as the function of the laminate of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the thickness of the storage layer (A) is usually 30 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 20 ⁇ m or less in terms of coating.
  • the specific conditions at the time of forming the storage layer (A) will be described later in the section “Manufacturing Method of Laminate”.
  • the buffer layer (B) is A polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, and inorganic particles (b2) A cured product of the composition (B-1) containing
  • composition (B-1) does not necessarily contain a surfactant.
  • the composition (B-1) further contains a surfactant (b3).
  • This buffer layer (B) has a higher hardness than the storage layer (A), and plays a role of imparting sufficient scratch resistance to the laminate of the present invention. Further, the laminate of the present invention exhibits high antifogging properties when the surfactant (a3) stored in the storage layer (A) exudes to the outside, and this buffer layer (B) Also, it plays a role of controlling the leaching rate of the surfactant (a3). Thereby, the laminated body of this invention not only has high anti-fogging property but can maintain high anti-fogging property even after repeating washing with water.
  • Control of exudation speed is
  • the weight ratio (filler / matrix ratio) between the inorganic particles and the polymer component (especially the polymer component corresponding to the polyfunctional monomer) in the buffer layer (B) is sufficiently larger than that of the storage layer (A), or the buffer layer
  • the solvent contained after the application of the composition (B-1) to give (B) is removed by heating or the like and then cured with ultraviolet rays or the like to crosslink the polymer components constituting the buffer layer (B). This can be done by raising the degree.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups is bonded to the buffer layer (B) through a network structure formed by bonding to each other through the curing of the composition (B-1).
  • the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) plays a role of providing a space necessary for appropriately exuding outward. That is, the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is converted into a corresponding polymer through the curing of the composition (B-1), and constitutes a polymer component in the buffer layer (B).
  • the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention comprises two or more (meth) acryloyl groups and a linker moiety for fixing these (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention does not contain an anionic group or a cationic group. In this respect, it differs from the “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer” described later.
  • the specific configuration of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention can be the same as that described above in the section of the polyfunctional monomer (a1).
  • the formula (1) The compound which has a structure shown by (2) is mentioned, Among these, the compound which has a structure shown by the said Formula (1) is mentioned preferably.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (b1) may be the same as the polyfunctional monomer (a1) or may be different from each other.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). Less than.
  • the specific amount of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) constituting the buffer layer (B) is usually 20 to 50% by weight, preferably 25 to 25% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). 47.5% by weight.
  • the inorganic particles (b2) are particles of an inorganic substance, like the inorganic particles (a2).
  • the inorganic particles (b2) are incorporated in the buffer layer (B) in a form incorporated into a network structure formed by the bonding of the polyfunctional monomers (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups. It is included and plays a role of imparting high hardness and sufficient scratch resistance to the buffer layer (B).
  • the inorganic particles (b2) used in the present invention may be called inorganic particles (b2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as “inorganic particles (b2-0)”). Or inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “inorganic particles (b2-1)”). It may be present or a combination thereof.
  • the material and particle size of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (b2-0) can be the same as those of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0).
  • the particle size of the inorganic particles (b2-0) can be determined by a dynamic scattering method using laser light.
  • Preferable examples of the inorganic particles (b2-0) include silica and zirconia.
  • the inorganic particles (b2-0) may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the inorganic particles (b2-0) may be the same as the inorganic particles (a2-0) or may be different from each other.
  • the inorganic particles (b2) are inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the inorganic particles (b2-1) have the inorganic particles (b2-0) as basic particles and have a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group on the surface of the basic particles.
  • the composition (B-1) is cured, the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the inorganic particle (b2-1) and the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the polyfunctional monomer (b1) A covalent bond will be formed between the two. Therefore, in the obtained buffer layer (B), the inorganic particles (b2-1) are integrated with the network structure formed by the bond between the polyfunctional monomers (b1) through the covalent bond.
  • the “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particle (b2-1) has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal, and further connects the (meth) acryloyl group and the base particle. And a linking group.
  • the specific configuration can be the same as the “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particles (a2-1).
  • the inorganic particles (b2-1) having a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group can be obtained by the same surface treatment as the inorganic particles (a2-1) having a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. it can.
  • the inorganic particles (b2-1) as described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the inorganic particles (b2-1) may be the same as the inorganic particles (a2-1) or may be different from each other.
  • the inorganic particles (a2-1) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) are each independently silica particles modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and (meta 1) One or more selected from the group consisting of zirconia particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group.
  • the inorganic particles (b2) used in the present invention may be the inorganic particles (b2-0), the inorganic particles (b2-1), or a combination thereof. It may be.
  • the inorganic particles (a2) constituting the composition (A-1) are the inorganic particles (a2-0)
  • the inorganic particles (b2-1) are employed as the inorganic particles (b2).
  • the cause is unknown, there is a tendency that the adhesion between the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) in the laminate is not sufficiently obtained, and the resulting laminate does not necessarily exhibit sufficiently high antifogging properties.
  • the inorganic particle (a2) is the inorganic particle (a2-0)
  • the inorganic particle (b2) is also an inorganic particle (b2 ⁇ 2) that is not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. 0).
  • the inorganic particles (a2) constituting the composition (A-1) include the inorganic particles (a2-1), particularly when the inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-1).
  • the inorganic particles (b2) may be the inorganic particles (b2-0), the inorganic particles (b2-1), or a combination thereof.
  • the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2-1) in the composition (B-1) is: The content is preferably larger than the content of the inorganic particles (b2-0).
  • the specific amount of the inorganic particles (b2) in the buffer layer (B) is usually 40 to 70% by weight, preferably 41.5 to 65% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). is there.
  • the ratio of the inorganic particles (b2-0) to the inorganic particles (b2-1) is:
  • the amount of the inorganic particles (b2-0) is usually more than 0% by weight and 30% by weight or less.
  • the amount of the inorganic particles (b2-1) is usually less than 100% by weight and 70% by weight or more.
  • the ratio of the inorganic particles (b2) to the polyfunctional monomer (b1) constituting the buffer layer (B) is the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1).
  • the ratio with respect to the weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is usually 0.9 / 1 to 2.2 / 1, preferably 1.3 / 1 to 2.2 / 1.
  • the ratio between the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is as follows. It is preferable that it is large to some extent. Also in the relationship with the composition (A-1), the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) in the composition (B-1) is The ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) in the product (A-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is preferably larger.
  • the preferred range of the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) in the composition (A-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) depends on the method for forming a laminate of the present invention. Is also different.
  • the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is the above-mentioned inorganic particles ( If it is larger than about 0.9 times the ratio of the content weight of a2) and the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1), a laminate having a sufficiently high hardness may be obtained.
  • the weight of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) The ratio is desirably larger than about 2.2 times the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) and the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) in the composition (A-1).
  • the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the polyfunctional monomer (b1) regardless of the presence or absence of the heating is preferable that the ratio to the content weight of is greater than the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) in the composition (A-1).
  • composition (B-1) used in the present invention can further contain a surfactant (b3).
  • the surfactant (b3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  • the surfactant (b3) when the surfactant (b3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (b3) preferably does not have an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure. That is, the surfactant (b3) preferably does not have any of the structures represented by the following formulas (AC1) to (AC2):
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more).
  • the surfactant (b3) used in the present invention is The surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the following conditions: (i) having a polyoxyalkylene structure, (ii) not having any of the structures represented by the above formulas (AC1) to (AC2) It can be. However, in the present invention, as the surfactant (b3), one having no polymerizable property, particularly one containing no unsaturated bond in the molecule is used.
  • the specific configuration of the surfactant (b3) can be the same as that described above in the section “Surfactant (a3)”.
  • One of the surfactants (b3) suitably used in the present invention is, for example, one having a structure represented by the above formula (SS1).
  • Suitable surfactant (b3) include surfactants further having an anionic hydrophilic group such as polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether sulfate, and mixtures thereof. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
  • the surfactant (b3) used in the present invention may be a nonionic surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  • Specific examples thereof include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkyl ethers. , Polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkenyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
  • examples of the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether include polyoxyalkylene branched decyl ether, polyoxyalkylene dodecyl ether (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether), polyoxyalkylene tridecyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene oleyl cetyl ether.
  • the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, and examples thereof include polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
  • the anionic hydrophilic group is also suitable in the form of a free acid in the same manner as the anionic hydrophilic group that can constitute the surfactant (a3).
  • the anionic hydrophilic group may be in the form of a salt with a cation, it often has the corresponding sodium, potassium or ammonium salt form.
  • sodium salt is the most common, but this does not prevent the surfactant (b3) from having a salt form with other cations such as ammonium salt.
  • the surfactant (b3) that can be used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the surfactant (b3) may be the same as the surfactant (a3) or may be different from each other.
  • the composition (B-1) may not contain the surfactant (b3).
  • the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the composition (A- Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of 1).
  • the specific amount of the surfactant (b3) in the buffer layer (B) is usually more than 0% by weight and not more than 1% by weight, preferably 0.3% with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). ⁇ 0.6% by weight.
  • composition (B-1) used in the present invention has the above-mentioned surfactant activity for imparting leveling properties to the coating film or improving surface hydrophilicity regardless of the presence or absence of the surfactant (b3).
  • Other surfactants hereinafter referred to as “other surfactants”
  • this “other surfactant” is used when forming a cured product of the composition (B-1). It may also be used to control the orientation of the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer.
  • the “other surfactant” is not particularly limited as long as it does not correspond to the surfactant (b3), and may be a conventionally known surfactant.
  • “other surfactants” include various surfactants having no polyoxyalkylene structure such as dialkylsulfosuccinate, acrylic polymer structure, and methacrylic polymer structure.
  • the specific amount of “other surfactant” in the buffer layer (B) is usually more than 0% by weight and 2% by weight or less based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1), preferably 0.8 to 1.2% by weight.
  • composition (B-1) used in the present invention may further contain an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer, in addition to the polyfunctional monomer (b1).
  • the buffer layer (B) has an anionic hydrophilic group derived from the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer. .
  • water molecules easily enter the buffer layer (B) from the outside, so that the surfactant (a3) from the storage layer (A) is easily replenished into the buffer layer (B), and the present invention. It becomes easy to recover the antifogging property of the laminate after washing the laminate.
  • the composition (B-1) preferably further contains an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer.
  • the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer is contained in the composition (B-1)
  • the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer is converted from the polyfunctional monomer (b1) through curing of the composition (B-1). Incorporated into the resulting polymer, it becomes part of the polymer component in the buffer layer (B).
  • the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer that can be used in the present invention is a compound having an anionic hydrophilic group and a functional group having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond such as a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • examples of such compounds include compounds exemplified as Compound (I) in International Publication No. 2007/064003, and preferred examples thereof include potassium 3-sulfopropyl acrylate.
  • the specific amount of the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer in the buffer layer (B) is usually 1 to 5% by weight, preferably 3 to 4% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). .
  • composition (B-1) used in the present invention preferably further contains a light stabilizer.
  • a light stabilizer examples include an ultraviolet absorber and a hindered amine light stabilizer.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited.
  • a benzotriazole ultraviolet absorber a triazine ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone ultraviolet absorber, a benzoate ultraviolet absorber, a propanedioic acid ester ultraviolet absorber, or an oxanilide type.
  • Various ultraviolet absorbers such as an ultraviolet absorber can be used.
  • the hindered amine light stabilizer (Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers: abbreviated as HALS) is a general term for compounds having a 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine skeleton. These are roughly classified into high molecular weight HALS and reactive HALS. Examples of the hindered amine light stabilizer include ADK STAB LA-72, Tinuvin 123 and the like.
  • the specific content of the light stabilizer in the buffer layer (B) is preferably 3% by weight or more based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) so that sufficient light resistance can be secured. That is, the buffer layer (B) preferably contains 3% by weight or more of the light stabilizer with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1).
  • the upper limit of the content of the light stabilizer is not particularly limited as long as the light stabilizer is appropriately dispersed in the composition (B-1) and does not impair the antifogging property. ) Is preferably 4% by weight or less based on the total dry weight.
  • the buffer layer (B) is a composition (B-1) containing the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), and the optional surfactant (b3). ) Can be obtained by curing. That is, the buffer layer (B) is a cured product of the composition (B-1).
  • the buffer layer (B) in the present invention may have a plate shape or a film shape.
  • the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 1.8 ⁇ m or more so that the buffer layer (B) can exhibit sufficiently high hardness and sufficient scratch resistance. It is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is not particularly limited as long as the function of the laminate of the present invention is not impaired, but is usually 10 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 4 ⁇ m or less. The specific conditions for forming the buffer layer (B) will be described later in the section of “Laminated body manufacturing method”.
  • the substrate used in the laminate of the present invention examples include a substrate made of an inorganic material such as glass, silica, metal, metal oxide, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polycarbonate, polyallyl carbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, poly Organics such as acetylcellulose (TAC), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS), polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, poly (meth) acrylate resin, vinyl chloride resin, silicone resin, paper, pulp, etc.
  • an inorganic material such as glass, silica, metal, metal oxide, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polycarbonate, polyallyl carbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, poly Organics such as acetylcellulose (TAC), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS), polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyure
  • these substrate surfaces are activated, as necessary, by corona treatment, ozone treatment, low temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas or nitrogen gas, glow discharge treatment, chemicals, etc.
  • a physical or chemical treatment such as an oxidation treatment or a flame treatment can be performed.
  • primer treatment, undercoat treatment, and anchor coat treatment may be performed.
  • Examples of the coating agent used in the primer treatment, undercoat treatment, and anchor coat treatment include, for example, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyurethane resins, epoxy resins, phenol resins, (meth) acrylic resins, and polyvinyl acetate resins.
  • a coating agent containing a resin, a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene, or a copolymer or modified resin thereof, a resin such as a cellulose resin as a main component of the vehicle can be used.
  • the coating agent used here may be a conventionally known coating agent usually used in the field to which the present invention belongs, and the coating agent can also be applied by a known coating method.
  • the coating amount of the coating agent on the substrate is usually 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m in a dry state.
  • the laminate according to the present invention includes the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order.
  • each of the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) included in the laminate according to the present invention may be only one layer, or may be two or more layers,
  • the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) need to be in direct contact with each other.
  • the ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) ensures sufficiently high antifogging properties and hydrophilicity after washing with water.
  • the film thickness ratio is not particularly limited as long as the present invention can be practiced appropriately, but is usually 15 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3.5 or less.
  • the film thickness ratio is usually in the range of 1.3 to 15, preferably 1.5 to 5, and more preferably 1.7 to 3.5.
  • the laminate of the present invention tends to advantageously maintain high antifogging properties and high hydrophilicity even after washing with water, which is preferable.
  • the laminate is composed of only the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B).
  • the laminate of the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and in addition to the substrate, the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), the substrate and the storage layer ( You may further have other layers which are not any of A) and the said buffer layer (B).
  • the laminate of the present invention includes any of the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B). However, it may further have other layers (hereinafter, “other layers”).
  • the primer layer is a layer made of an adhesive (primer), and may be employed to improve the adhesion between two layers positioned so as to sandwich this layer.
  • the substrate is polydiethylene glycol diallyl carbonate, polydiallyl carbonate, or the like
  • a primer layer may be present between the substrate and the storage tank layer (A).
  • the storage layer (A) may be made into two layers for the purpose of preventing the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) from entering the primer. is there.
  • the storage layer (A) has a two-layer structure of the “storage layer (A0)” and the “storage layer (A1)”, and the “storage layer (A0)” is the protective layer (P). Will be.
  • the hard coat layer is the same layer as the layer provided as the hard coat layer in the prior art, and can be formed for the purpose of improving the hardness.
  • the laminate of the present invention may have a hard coat layer directly on the substrate.
  • the laminate of the present invention has an adhesive layer on the side of the substrate opposite to the side having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) so that it can be attached to other objects. You may have.
  • the laminate of the present invention comprises the above-described substrate, primer A layer, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order.
  • the method for producing the laminate of the present invention comprises: (S1): For at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate, The polyfunctional monomer (a1), The inorganic particles (a2), The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4) Providing a coated layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing: (S2): A step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1), (S3): After the step (S2), the coating layer (A2) is cured, and the coating layer (A2) is converted into a cured layer (A2 ′).
  • Step (S1) In the production method of the present invention, the step (S1) is performed on at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate.
  • the polyfunctional monomer (a1), The inorganic particles (a2), The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4) A coating layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing
  • solvent (a4) is not an essential component of the storage layer (A) by itself, and therefore is not an essential component of the composition (A-1).
  • solvent (a4) is used so that the composition (A-1) is in a form suitable for coating.
  • composition (A-1a) the composition (A-1a) containing the solvent (a4) is referred to as “composition (A-1a)”.
  • the type of the solvent (a4) is not limited, but a solvent that does not separate the components of the composition (A-1a) that is cured to form the storage layer (A) is preferable.
  • a solvent that does not separate the components of the composition (A-1a) that is cured to form the storage layer (A) is preferable.
  • the composition (A-1a) can be obtained by mixing the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), the solvent (a4) and the like. it can.
  • the solvent (a4) may be added separately from the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), or the like.
  • the polyfunctional monomer It may be added together with one or more of (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the surfactant (a3).
  • the solvent constituting the sol or slurry may constitute the solvent (a4).
  • the solvent which comprises the said solution may comprise the said solvent (a4).
  • composition (A-1a) includes the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), and the solvent (a4) in preparation for the step (S3) described later.
  • a conventionally known photopolymerization initiator or thermal polymerization initiator may be appropriately added.
  • examples of the photopolymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a) include a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoanionic polymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
  • photo radical polymerization initiator known photo radical polymerization initiators can be used.
  • Irgacure 127 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals
  • Irgacure 184 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals
  • Darocur 1173 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals
  • Irgacure 500 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals
  • Irgacure 819 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals
  • Darocur TPO Ciba Specialty Chemicals) -Chemicals
  • Esacure ONE Liberti
  • Esacure KIP100F Esacure KT37
  • Esacure KTO46 Esacure KTO46
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator and a photoanion polymerization initiator a well-known photocationic polymerization initiator and a well-known photoanion polymerization initiator can be used similarly.
  • photopolymerization accelerator examples include 2,2-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5′-tetraphenyl-2′H- ⁇ 1,2 ′> biimidazolol, tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane, Examples include 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, camphorquinone, and the like.
  • thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a)
  • a known thermal polymerization initiator can be used.
  • thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides, diacyl peroxides, dialkyl peroxides, peroxyketals, alkyl peresters, percarbonates, and the like.
  • the amount of the photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization accelerator, and thermal polymerization initiator used is usually 1 to 5% by weight, preferably 2 to 3% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a). It is.
  • the thickness of the storage layer (A) can be adjusted by adjusting the amount of the solvent (a4) contained in the composition (A-1a).
  • the thickness of the storage layer (A) is too thin, sufficient anti-fogging property may not be exhibited after the laminate is washed with water.
  • the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is usually 46 so that the resulting storage layer (A) can have a sufficient thickness. It is preferably at least 55 parts by weight.
  • the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is less than 100 parts by weight so that the fluidity necessary for coating can be obtained. Part or less.
  • the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) is, for example, an inorganic composition composed of the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the first solvent.
  • an inorganic composition composed of the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the first solvent.
  • the surfactant (a3), the photopolymerization initiator, and a second solvent refers to the total weight of the photopolymerization initiator.
  • composition (A-1a) to the substrate can be appropriately performed by a conventionally known method.
  • coating methods include spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, flow coating, brush coating, gravure coating, reverse roll coating, knife coating, and kiss coating.
  • an adhesive may be applied and laminated between the base material and the storage layer (A) in order to improve adhesion, or the surface of the base material. May be subjected to surface treatment such as plasma treatment, corona treatment and polishing.
  • a hard-coated material may be used as a base material, or a hard coat layer is laminated on the base material by a known method, and the storage layer (A) and the buffer are formed thereon.
  • a layer (B) may be formed.
  • substances other than those described above may be laminated between the base material and the storage layer (A).
  • the outermost buffer layer (B) may be subjected to a surface treatment for the purpose of controlling the surface energy of the outermost layer, or a graft treatment may be performed with a compound having reactivity with the outermost buffer layer (B). Also good.
  • the surface is first polished with an abrasive, and after washing and drying, surface treatment such as corona treatment is performed to improve wettability.
  • a known primer is applied by a known application method (spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, flow coating, brush coating, etc.), and after drying
  • the coated layer (A2) can be formed by coating the composition (A-1a) in the same manner as described above.
  • a precursor laminate (PL1) having a base material and the coated product layer (A2) is obtained.
  • This precursor laminate (PL1) is subjected to the step (S2) described below.
  • Step (S2) Step (S2) is a step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1).
  • the solvent remaining immediately before the polymerization and curing tends to reduce the adhesion to the base material when the residual amount is large. For this reason, it is preferable that the residual solvent in the composition (A-1a) is small. Therefore, prior to polymerization and curing, the solvent (a4) is removed from the coated layer (A2).
  • This step (S2) may be performed by naturally drying the precursor laminate (PL1) obtained in the step (S1), or the precursor laminate (PL1) obtained in the step (S1). You may carry out by heating.
  • Step (S3) is a step of curing the coated layer (A2) after the step (S2). Curing of the coated layer (A2) can typically be performed by irradiation or heating.
  • composition (A-1a) is polymerized and cured by radiation irradiation, for example, ultraviolet (UV) irradiation
  • a coating layer (A2) usually containing a photopolymerization initiator is used.
  • the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator is added to the composition (A-1a) produced in the step (S1).
  • the composition (A-1a) When the composition (A-1a) is polymerized using radiation, energy rays having a wavelength range of 0.0001 to 800 nm can be used as the radiation.
  • the radiation is classified into ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, X rays, electron rays, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and the like, and can be appropriately selected and used according to the composition of the composition (A-1a).
  • ultraviolet rays are preferable, and the output peak of ultraviolet rays is preferably in the range of 200 to 450 nm, more preferably in the range of 230 to 445 nm, still more preferably in the range of 240 to 430 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 250 to 400 nm.
  • the irradiation time of radiation can be set as appropriate.
  • the coated layer (A2) usually contains a thermal polymerization initiator such as an organic peroxide.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator such as an organic peroxide.
  • the above-described thermal polymerization initiator is added to the composition (A-1a) produced in the step (S1).
  • composition (A-1a) When the composition (A-1a) is polymerized by heat, it is heated in the range of room temperature to 150 ° C. or less.
  • the heating time in this case can be set as appropriate.
  • the above polymerization can be carried out in the air, but it is preferable in that the polymerization time can be shortened when carried out in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen.
  • the polymerization reaction of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) contained in the coated layer (A2) proceeds and is converted into a corresponding polymer.
  • the coated product layer (A2) is converted into a cured product layer (A2 ′) containing such a polymer.
  • a precursor laminate (PL3) having a base material and a cured product layer (A2 ′) is obtained.
  • This precursor laminate (PL3) is subjected to the step (S4) described below.
  • Step (S4) In the step (S4), after the step (S3), on the cured product layer (A2 ′), The polyfunctional monomer (b1), The inorganic particles (b2), and the solvent (b4) A coating layer (B2) of the composition (B-1a) containing
  • polyfunctional monomer (b1) and “inorganic particle (b2)”, “polyfunctional monomer (b1)” and “inorganic particle (b2)” described above in the section of “buffer layer (B)”, respectively. ) "Is used.
  • the composition (B-1a) may or may not contain the “surfactant (b3)” described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. However, when the composition (B-1a) contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the composition (A-1 ) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) with respect to the total dry weight. Further, the composition (B-1a) includes the “other surfactant”, “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer”, and “light stabilizer” described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. One or more may be further included.
  • the blending amounts of “polyfunctional monomer (b1)”, “inorganic particles (b2)”, and optional “surfactant (b3)” are also the amounts described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. can do.
  • solvent (b4) is not an essential component of the buffer layer (B) by itself, and therefore is not an essential component of the composition (B-1).
  • solvent (b4) is used so that the composition (B-1) is in a form suitable for coating.
  • composition (B-1a) the composition (B-1a) containing the solvent (b4) is referred to as “composition (B-1a)”.
  • the type of the solvent (b4) is not limited, but a solvent that does not separate each component of the composition (B-1a) that is cured to form the buffer layer (B) is preferable.
  • Specific examples of such a solvent (b4) include the same solvents as those listed above for the solvent (a1).
  • the solvent (b4) may be the same as the solvent (a4) or may be different from each other.
  • the composition (B-1a) can be obtained by mixing the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), the solvent (b4) and the like.
  • the solvent (b4) may be added separately from the polyfunctional monomer (b1) and the inorganic particles (b2), or the polyfunctional monomer (b1) and the inorganic particles (b2).
  • Etc. may be added along with one or more of the above.
  • the solvent constituting the sol or slurry may constitute the solvent (b4).
  • the surfactant (b3) or the like is used in the form of a solution in the composition (B-1a)
  • the solvent constituting the solution may constitute the solvent (b4).
  • the composition (B-1a) is prepared by a conventionally known step in preparation for the step (S6) described later.
  • a photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator may be appropriately added.
  • the photopolymerization initiator and thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (B-1a) include a photopolymerization initiator and thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a), Each can be the same.
  • the amount of the photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization accelerator, and thermal polymerization initiator used is usually 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 3 to 6% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a). It is.
  • the thickness of the buffer layer (B) can be adjusted by adjusting the amount of the solvent (b4) contained in the composition (B-1a).
  • the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (B-1a) may have a thickness necessary for the obtained buffer layer (B) to have sufficient strength and the like. It is preferable that it is 35 weight part or more so that it can do, and it is more preferable that it is 37.5 weight part or more.
  • the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (B-1a) is less than 100 parts by weight, so that the fluidity required for coating can be obtained. Part or less.
  • the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) is, for example, an inorganic composition comprising the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), and the first solvent.
  • composition (B-1a) to the cured product layer (A2 ′) can be performed in the same manner as the application of the composition (A-1a) described above in step (S1).
  • the precursor laminated body (PL4) which has a base material, hardened
  • This precursor laminate (PL4) is subjected to the step (S5) described below.
  • Step (S5) is a step of removing the solvent (b4) from the coated layer (B2) obtained in the step (S4).
  • This step (S5) may be performed by naturally drying the precursor laminate (PL4) obtained in the step (S4), or obtained by the step (S4), as in the step (S2). You may carry out by heating the obtained precursor laminated body (PL4). However, in this step (S5), if the precursor laminate (PL4) is heated at 50 to 90 ° C., that is, if the step (S5) is carried out at 50 to 90 ° C., the above polyfunctional monomer Even if there is little quantity of the said inorganic particle (b2) with respect to (b1), since the laminated body which has sufficiently high hardness can be obtained after a process (S6), it is preferable.
  • the crosslinked state becomes denser during the curing in the subsequent step (S6) by performing the heating.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is changed so that the polyfunctional monomer (with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1)) Even under a situation where the content is less than the content of a1), the degree of crosslinking of the buffer layer (B) obtained in the form of the cured product layer (B2 ′) after the step (S6) can be increased, which is advantageous.
  • the heating time in the case of performing the above heating in this step (S5) is usually 3 to 20 minutes.
  • Step (S6) is a step of curing the coated layer (B2) after the step (S5) to convert the coated layer (B2) into a cured layer (B2 ′).
  • a coating layer (B2) usually containing a photopolymerization initiator is used.
  • the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator is added to the composition (B-1a) produced in the step (S4).
  • the wavelength and irradiation time of the radiation can be the same as those in the step (S4).
  • thermal polymerization initiators such as an organic peroxide
  • the above-described thermal polymerization initiator is added to the composition (B-1a) produced in the step (S4).
  • the heating temperature and heating time can be the same as those in the step (S4).
  • the polymerization reaction of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) contained in the coated layer (B2) proceeds and is converted into a corresponding polymer.
  • the coated layer (B2) is converted into a cured product layer (B2 ′) containing such a polymer.
  • a laminate having a base material, a cured product layer (A2 ′), and a cured product layer (B2 ′) in this order is obtained by this step (S6).
  • the laminate of the present invention can be obtained.
  • the cured product layer (A2 ′) and the cured product layer (B2 ′) correspond to the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), respectively.
  • the below-mentioned adhesion layer can also be provided in the surface which does not form the said storage layer (A) and the said buffer layer (B), for example, Furthermore, it peels on the surface of an adhesion layer.
  • a film can also be provided.
  • the laminated film having the laminate of the present invention is used as an antifogging film and an antifouling film, glass for vehicles and buildings; mirrors for bathrooms; displays, televisions It can be easily attached to the surface of display materials such as: information boards such as signboards, advertisements, and information boards; signs for railways, roads, etc .;
  • a well-known adhesive can be used.
  • the adhesive include acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives, vinyl ether polymer adhesives, and silicone adhesives.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is usually in the range of 2 to 50 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • compositions (A-1a) and / or the composition (B-1a) by polymerizing the composition (A-1a) and / or the composition (B-1a) in a mold having various shapes, cross-linked resins having various shapes such as laminates and molded products can be obtained. It can also be obtained.
  • the laminate obtained by the present invention and the laminate comprising the laminate can be suitably used as an antifogging material, an antifouling material, a quick drying material, an anti-condensation material, an antistatic material and the like.
  • a laminate of the present invention includes optical articles such as optical films, optical discs, optical lenses, spectacle lenses, glasses, sunglasses, goggles, helmet shields, headlamps, tail lamps, vehicle and building window glass, and materials thereof. It can be applied to various uses.
  • the laminate of the present invention can also be applied to an image recognition system using an in-vehicle camera that has been widely installed in vehicles in recent years.
  • the laminate of the present invention can be in the form of a vehicle window glass or a camera lens of an in-vehicle camera.
  • the window glass and camera lens corresponding to the laminate of the present invention are formed by directly forming the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) on the surface of a normal window glass and a normal camera lens. Can be obtained respectively.
  • the window glass and camera lens corresponding to the laminate of the present invention can also be obtained by pasting the laminate of the present invention in the form of a film on the surface of a normal window glass and a normal camera lens, respectively. .
  • the vehicle is equipped with an image recognition system using an in-vehicle camera, and includes (i) a window glass having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), or (ii)
  • a vehicle-mounted camera there is provided a vehicle including a camera having a camera lens having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), or (iii) satisfying both (i) and (ii) Will be.
  • the window glass and / or the camera lens are not easily fogged even under conditions where the inner window to which the laminate of the present invention is not applied is clouded, such as under low temperature and high humidity.
  • the image recognition system installed in can properly recognize images.
  • film thickness measurement The film thickness of each layer was calculated by spectroscopic measurement. Specifically, using a film thickness measuring device ETA-ARC manufactured by OPTOTECH, the spectral reflectance is measured around the center of the film sample, and the film thickness of each single layer or two-layer laminated state by Fourier transform method was calculated.
  • the coating film is cut with a cutter so that it reaches the surface of 11 substrates at 1 mm intervals in the vertical and horizontal directions using a cutter, and the part is adhered by cross-cut method using Nichiban cellophane adhesive tape CT405AP-18 A visual inspection was conducted to determine the ratio of the film peeling area after the three peel tests to 100 squares. At that time, the evaluation when the area of the part where the film was not peeled and the film remained exceeded 90% was “ ⁇ ”, the evaluation when 50% to 90% was “ ⁇ ”, and the evaluation when the area was less than 50% was “ ⁇ ” "
  • Rank 3 A state in which several to ten large scratches entered.
  • Rank 4 A state in which several to ten thin scratches have entered.
  • Rank 5 There is almost no visible scratch.
  • the ranks represented by decimal numbers, such as “3.5” and “4.5”, are evaluated between rank 3 and rank 4, and between rank 4 and rank 5, respectively. Represents an evaluation.
  • Exhalation anti-fogging property Exhalation was blown on the sample surface for several seconds to confirm the presence or absence of fogging on the sample surface.
  • the evaluation when the sample surface was not clouded even when exhalation was performed was ⁇ ⁇ ''
  • the evaluation when the sample surface was fogged when exhalation was performed was ⁇ x '' did.
  • the test was conducted at room temperature of 22 ° C. for 1 hour, and the test was performed at the same temperature.
  • the “initial breath anti-fogging property” refers to the breath anti-fogging property of a sample before performing “evaluation after water washing” described later.
  • the sample was irradiated with light in an environment of a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 60% to perform a light resistance test.
  • a light source a Xenon weather tester, a Suga tester, was used, and the irradiation intensity was 75 W / m 2 .
  • the irradiation time (hereinafter referred to as “endurance time”) from the start of light irradiation to the appearance of cracking or peeling on the sample was measured, and the light resistance was evaluated using this endurance time.
  • methyl isobutyl ketone was added as a solvent, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until Haitenol 08E was completely dissolved.
  • 27.9 parts by weight of acrylate NK ester A-600 (polyethylene glycol # 600 diacrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well until compatible.
  • Irgacure 127 (2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl ⁇ -2-methyl-propan-1-one manufactured by BASF was used as a photopolymerization initiator. 1.3 parts by weight) and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer forming composition A1”).
  • composition A1 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • the organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y corresponds to inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group.
  • a liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A1, except that the surfactant Neugen LP-80 (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether) manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku was used in place of Haitenol 08E as the surfactant.
  • This storage layer forming composition A2 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and a nonionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • This storage layer forming composition A5 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • This storage layer forming composition A6 is a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles, but not containing a surfactant.
  • NK ester A-600 of acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well until they were compatible.
  • ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer forming composition A7”).
  • compositions of the respective storage layer forming compositions obtained in Synthesis Examples A1 to A7 are summarized in Table 1 below.
  • the value enclosed in parentheses in the weight shown in Table 1 below represents a value obtained by calculation.
  • the “solid content” with respect to the amount of the inorganic particles (a2) means that when the inorganic particles (a2) are used in the form of the corresponding sol, the weight of components other than the contained solvent in the weight of the sol. Represents.
  • the “total dry weight” is the sum of the total weight of the solvent specified in the “Solvent” section and the total weight of the solvent components that can be contained in components other than the “solvent” from the total weight of the composition. It represents the weight after subtraction.
  • 3-sulfopropyl acrylate potassium salt (SPA-K) dispersion (SPA-K 30.0 wt%, water 9.0 wt%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0 wt%) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added and stirred well until completely compatible.
  • SPA-K 3-sulfopropyl acrylate potassium salt
  • Pelex TR dispersion Pelex TR (sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate) 10.0% by weight, 90.0% by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether) was added, and the mixture was stirred well until it was completely compatible.
  • buffer layer forming composition B1 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • a SPA-K dispersion (SPA-K 30.0 wt%, water 9.0 wt%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0 wt%) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, Stir well until completely compatible.
  • 3.1 parts by weight of PELEX TR dispersion (PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added, and the mixture was stirred well until it was completely compatible.
  • a high-tenol 08E dispersion composed of 10.0% by weight of high tenol 08E (polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate; manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and 90.0% by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was 2.2% by weight. Partly added and stirred well.
  • 1.6 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B2”).
  • This buffer layer forming composition B2 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant. However, unlike the buffer layer forming composition B1, the buffer layer forming composition B2 further includes an anionic surfactant having a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
  • SPA-K dispersion SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight
  • Pelex TR dispersion Pelex TR 10.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • Hightenol 08E dispersion Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • 1.5 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until it was completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B6”).
  • This buffer layer forming composition B6 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • This buffer layer forming composition B6 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
  • SPA-K dispersion SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight
  • PELEX TR dispersion PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • Hightenol 08E dispersion Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • 2.1 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B7”).
  • This buffer layer-forming composition B7 uses an inorganic particle not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as an inorganic particle and an inorganic particle modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as an anionic surfactant. This corresponds to a composition containing a surfactant.
  • This buffer layer forming composition B7 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
  • SPA-K dispersion SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight
  • PELEX TR dispersion PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • Hightenol 08E dispersion Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight
  • buffer layer forming composition B8 1.6 parts by weight of Adeka Stab LA-72 manufactured by Adeka as a light stabilizer was added and stirred.
  • ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF 1.6 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter, “buffer layer forming composition B8”).
  • This buffer layer forming composition B8 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
  • This buffer layer forming composition B8 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
  • this buffer layer forming composition B8 contains a light stabilizer.
  • compositions of the buffer layer forming compositions obtained in Synthesis Examples B1 to B10 are summarized in Tables 2-1 to 2-2 below.
  • the “solid content” with respect to the amount of the inorganic particles (b2) means that when the inorganic particles (b2) are used in the form of the corresponding sol, components other than the contained solvent in the weight of the sol. Represents weight.
  • “effective component amount” per amount of the surfactant (b3) and the like represents the weight of components other than the contained solvent in the weight of each dispersion.
  • total dry weight is the sum of the total weight of the solvent specified in the “Solvent” section and the total weight of the solvent components that can be contained in components other than the “solvent” from the total weight of the composition. It represents the weight after subtraction.
  • Example 1 The storage layer forming composition A1 was applied to a polycarbonate plate (length 65 mm ⁇ width 65 mm ⁇ thickness 2 mm) by spin coating.
  • the spin coating uses the storage layer forming composition A1 as a coating solution, and while the polycarbonate plate is rotated at 500 rpm for 10 seconds, the coating solution is allowed to flow over the polycarbonate plate and is gradually spread on the plate, and then at 10 The first coating film was obtained by rotating for a second.
  • the first coating film thus formed on the polycarbonate plate was cured with a UV irradiation apparatus.
  • a UV irradiation apparatus a UV irradiation apparatus UB012-0BM manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd. is used, and the first coating film is cured by irradiating the coating film with UV light for 5 seconds with a 1 kw light source.
  • the cured film (hereinafter referred to as “cured film A1”) was obtained.
  • Integrated light quantity at that time was 1300 mJ / cm 2 at 350mJ / cm 2, UV-A with UV-C.
  • the cured film A1 obtained by this UV irradiation constitutes a storage layer.
  • the buffer layer forming composition B1 was applied onto the cured film A1 by spin coating.
  • the application of the buffer layer forming composition B1 was performed under the same spin coat application conditions as when the coating film A1 was formed, thereby obtaining a second coating film.
  • the second coating film was directly irradiated with UV for 30 seconds by the UV irradiation apparatus, and a second cured film (hereinafter referred to as “cured film B1”) was obtained.
  • the cured film B1 obtained by this UV irradiation constitutes a buffer layer.
  • laminate 1 a transparent laminate having a polycarbonate plate, a cured film A1, and a cured film B1 in this order was obtained.
  • the thickness of the cured film A1 (storage layer) was 5.8 ⁇ m
  • the thickness of the cured film B1 (buffer layer) was 2.6 ⁇ m.
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B2 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and a laminated body (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 2 ").
  • Example 3 When the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer forming composition B3 is used in place of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and after the second coating film is obtained, the second coating film is irradiated with UV. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the intermediate laminate having the second coating film was once dried in an electric furnace at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes. Body 3 ") was obtained.
  • Example 4 When the storage layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the storage layer forming composition A2 was used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 4 ").
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B4 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 5 ").
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B5 was used in place of the buffer layer forming composition B3, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate”) was formed. 6 ").
  • Example 7 When forming the storage layer, the storage layer forming composition A3 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when forming the buffer layer, the buffer layer forming composition B3 is replaced with a buffer. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the layer forming composition B4 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate 7”).
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the storage layer forming composition A4 was used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 8 ”).
  • Example 9 inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer), inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group are used as inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer). Inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group were employed.
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B6 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and a laminated body (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 9 ").
  • Example 10 the inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer) and the inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer) are both modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. Untreated inorganic particles were adopted.
  • the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A5 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1.
  • Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer forming composition B6 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate 10”).
  • inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer) inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group are used as inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer).
  • a mixture of inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group was employed.
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B7 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate”) was formed. 11 ").
  • Example 1 In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the first cured film (storage layer) was formed, and the second cured film (buffer layer) was not formed. Here, the first cured film (storage layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 10. The laminated body having the first cured film (storage layer) obtained in this way was used as it is as the laminated body C1 without performing the coating / film forming process for forming the buffer layer.
  • Example 2 In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the first cured film (storage layer) was formed, and the second cured film (buffer layer) was not formed. Here, the first cured film (storage layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 1. The laminated body having the first cured film (storage layer) obtained in this way was used as it is as the laminated body C2 without performing the coating / film forming process for forming the buffer layer.
  • the storage layer was formed using a composition containing no surfactant. That is, when the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A6 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, it is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1.
  • Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B2 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C3”).
  • Example 5 In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed, and the first cured film (storage layer) was not formed. That is, the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the application of the buffer layer forming composition B2 was directly performed on the polycarbonate plate, and the buffer layer had a storage although it had a buffer layer. A laminate having no layers (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C5”) was obtained.
  • the inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer) inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group are used, and the second cured film (buffer layer) is constituted.
  • the inorganic particles inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group were employed.
  • the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A5 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1.
  • Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer forming composition B2 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C7”).
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B8 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 12 ").
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B9 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 13 ").
  • each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B10 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. R1 ").
  • Example R2 As the laminate without the light stabilizer, the laminate obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 was used as “Laminate R2”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 below for each of Examples 12, 13, R1, and R2. Here, the definitions of “solid content”, “active ingredient amount”, and “total dry weight” described in Table 4 are “solid content”, “effective content” described in Table 2-1 to Table 2-2 above. This is the same as “component amount” and “total dry weight”.

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing a laminate which can keep a high anti-fogging property and can also secure high scratch resistance. The laminate according to the present invention comprises a base material, a storage layer (A) having a specified thickness and a buffer layer (B) in this order, where the ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) falls within a specified range, the storage layer (A) comprises a cured product of a specific composition (A-1) comprising a polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth)acryloyl groups, inorganic particles (a2) and a surfactant (a3), and the buffer layer (B) comprises a cured product of a specific composition (B-1) comprising a polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth)acryloyl groups and inorganic particles (b2).

Description

防曇性積層体およびその製造方法Antifogging laminate and method for producing the same
 本発明は、防曇性を有する積層体およびその製造方法、特に、防曇性を有し且つ耐擦傷性に優れる積層体およびその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an anti-fogging laminate and a method for producing the same, and more particularly to an anti-fogging laminate having excellent scratch resistance and a method for producing the same.
 近年、プラスチックなどの有機材料、及びガラスなどの無機材料から形成される基材の曇りに対する改善要求が高まってきている。
 プラスチックやガラスなどに発生する曇りは、基材表面へ微小な水滴が付着または結露し、その水滴が光を散乱するために生じることが知られている。したがって、曇りを防止するには、水滴の発生を防止すれば良い。
In recent years, there has been an increasing demand for improvement of fogging of base materials formed from organic materials such as plastics and inorganic materials such as glass.
It is known that fogging generated in plastic, glass, and the like is caused by minute water droplets adhering or condensing on the surface of the base material, and the water droplets scattering light. Therefore, generation of water droplets can be prevented in order to prevent fogging.
 防曇性を発現させる方法として、
  (a)基材と水との接触角を小さくさせる方法、
  (b)基材表面を吸水性にして水滴を形成させない方法、
  (c)基材と水との接触角を大きくして、基材上で水滴を留まらせることなく転げ落としてしまう方法、および、
  (d)基材を常に露点以上の温度に保ち、水滴を付着させない方法
が提案されている(例えば、非特許文献1参照。)。
As a method of developing anti-fogging properties,
(A) a method of reducing the contact angle between the substrate and water;
(B) a method of preventing the formation of water droplets by making the substrate surface water absorbent;
(C) A method of increasing the contact angle between the substrate and water and rolling it off without causing water droplets to remain on the substrate, and
(D) A method has been proposed in which the substrate is always kept at a temperature equal to or higher than the dew point and water droplets are not attached (for example, see Non-Patent Document 1).
 曇りの問題を解決する方法として、種々の試みがなされてきており、これらの方法のうち、防曇効果の高さ、応用範囲の広さ、および簡便性の点から、上記(a)および(b)の方法による試みが主としてなされている。例えば、非特許文献1では、反応性界面活性剤、アクリル系オリゴマーを含む防曇塗料により、親水性、吸水性を向上する方法が提案されている。 Various attempts have been made as a method for solving the fogging problem. Among these methods, from the viewpoint of high antifogging effect, wide application range, and simplicity, (a) and ( Attempts by the method b) are mainly made. For example, Non-Patent Document 1 proposes a method for improving hydrophilicity and water absorption by using an anti-fogging paint containing a reactive surfactant and an acrylic oligomer.
 これらの方法のうち、上記(b)の方法は、基材表面に、親水性材料を含む吸水層を形成させることにより行うことができる。ここで、防曇材料として一般的な吸水型の防曇層を表面(外気に触れる面)に用いる場合、水分を吸収している間は曇らず良好であるが、浴室使用のように大量の水分がその表面に継続的に供給される状況ではすぐ飽和して吸水できなくなり比較的短時間で防曇性を失うことはよく知られている。また、防曇材料として一般的な吸水型の防曇層を光学製品に適用する場合、多量の水滴が付着すると像が歪み、視認性が悪くなる傾向もある。また、親水表面は吹き上げ抵抗が増加し、耐擦傷性が悪くなる傾向もある。 Among these methods, the method (b) can be performed by forming a water-absorbing layer containing a hydrophilic material on the surface of the substrate. Here, when using a general water-absorbing anti-fogging layer as the anti-fogging material on the surface (the surface that comes into contact with the outside air), it is not fogged while absorbing moisture, but a large amount of water is used as in bathroom use. It is well known that in a situation where moisture is continuously supplied to the surface, the anti-fogging property is lost in a relatively short time because it becomes saturated immediately and cannot absorb water. In addition, when a general water-absorbing antifogging layer is applied to an optical product as an antifogging material, when a large amount of water droplets adhere, the image tends to be distorted and visibility tends to deteriorate. In addition, the hydrophilic surface tends to have increased blowing resistance and poor scratch resistance.
 一方、本発明者らが以前に提案した親水性材料を表面に用いた場合、結露等によって水分が付着しても濡れ広がるため光の散乱を抑えることにより防曇性を付与することができる。このような親水性材料は、様々な用途(眼鏡、ゴーグル、窓ガラス、鏡、ディスプレイ、ヘッドランプ等)で長時間使用できるが、水分が付着し始めるごく初期における防曇性(以下、「初期防曇性」)が充分でない場合があった。この初期防曇性の問題についても本発明者らの提案(特許文献1)により改善されている。 On the other hand, when the hydrophilic material previously proposed by the present inventors is used on the surface, the antifogging property can be imparted by suppressing light scattering because it spreads even if moisture adheres due to condensation or the like. Such hydrophilic materials can be used for various purposes (glasses, goggles, window glass, mirrors, displays, headlamps, etc.) for a long time. In some cases, the “antifogging property” was not sufficient. This initial antifogging problem has also been improved by the proposal of the present inventors (Patent Document 1).
 しかし、この初期防曇性を半永久的に維持することが難しい場合があった。さらに、透明材料に施されるハードコート並みに高い耐擦傷性も要求される場面もあり、強い表面(ハードコート並みの耐擦傷性)と高い防曇性(初期および長時間)の両方を要求される用途への適用に依然として改良すべき点が残っている。 However, it was sometimes difficult to maintain this initial antifogging property semipermanently. In addition, there are scenes where high scratch resistance is required as well as the hard coat applied to transparent materials, and both a strong surface (scratch resistance similar to hard coat) and high anti-fogging properties (initial and long time) are required. There are still points to be improved in application to the intended use.
 一方、上記(a)の方法は、基材表面に界面活性剤を存在させることにより行うことができる。その具体的な方法の1つとして、基材表面への界面活性剤の塗布または付着が挙げられる。しかし、この方法では、表面に凝集する水分により界面活性剤が容易に流出するため、防曇性の持続が困難であることが知られている。 On the other hand, the method (a) can be carried out by allowing a surfactant to be present on the surface of the substrate. One specific method is application or adhesion of a surfactant to the surface of the substrate. However, in this method, it is known that the anti-fogging property is difficult to maintain because the surfactant easily flows out due to moisture aggregated on the surface.
 また、もう一つの具体的方法として、界面活性剤を含ませた樹脂で基材を表面処理し、この樹脂内部の界面活性剤を表面にブリードアウトさせる方法も挙げられる。しかし、従来技術では、ブリード性のコントロールが一般に困難である傾向にある。また、界面活性剤を含ませた樹脂には、界面活性剤の表面へのブリードアウトを容易にするため多くの場合柔軟性を付与することになるが、この場合、耐擦傷性が犠牲になる傾向にある。 As another specific method, there is a method in which a substrate is surface-treated with a resin containing a surfactant, and the surfactant inside the resin is bleed out to the surface. However, in the prior art, it tends to be difficult to control the bleeding property. In addition, in order to facilitate bleeding out of the surfactant to the surface, the resin containing the surfactant is often given flexibility, but in this case, the scratch resistance is sacrificed. There is a tendency.
国際公開第2013/187311号公報International Publication No. 2013/187311
 上述したように、基材と水との接触角を小さくさせることによって防曇性を確保しようとする場合、従来技術では、高い防曇性の維持を図ることが依然として困難な傾向にあり、高い防曇性を維持するためにはメンテナンスを要する傾向にある。一方、高い防曇性の維持を図ろうとすると、今度は耐擦傷性が十分に得られない傾向にあり、高い耐擦傷性を確保することも望まれている。この点、従来、メンテナンス不要のハードコート膜付きメガネレンズは上市されているものの、膜の硬度が低く、すぐに傷が入るという欠点があった。
 そこで、本発明は、上記のような従来技術の問題点に鑑み、高い防曇性の維持を図りつつ、併せて、高い耐擦傷性を確保できる積層体を提供することを目的とする。
As described above, when the antifogging property is to be ensured by reducing the contact angle between the base material and water, it is still difficult to maintain the high antifogging property in the prior art, which is high. In order to maintain the anti-fogging property, maintenance tends to be required. On the other hand, when trying to maintain high antifogging properties, there is a tendency that sufficient scratch resistance is not obtained this time, and it is also desired to ensure high scratch resistance. In this regard, although glasses glasses with hard coat films that do not require maintenance have been put on the market in the past, there has been a drawback that the film hardness is low and scratches are immediately introduced.
In view of the above-described problems of the prior art, it is an object of the present invention to provide a laminate that can maintain high anti-fogging properties and can ensure high scratch resistance.
 本発明者らは、界面活性剤を含ませた材料により基材を表面処理するにあたり、基材表面に特定の構成の層を組み合わせて形成させることにより、界面活性剤の表面へのブリードアウトを適切にコントロールしつつ十分に高い耐擦傷性を確保できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。 In the surface treatment of a base material with a material containing a surfactant, the present inventors have formed a combination of layers having a specific configuration on the surface of the base material, thereby causing the surface of the surfactant to bleed out. The inventors have found that a sufficiently high scratch resistance can be secured while appropriately controlling, and have completed the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明は以下の[1]~[15]に関する。
 [1]
 基材と、貯蔵層(A)と、緩衝層(B)とをこの順で含み;
 当該貯蔵層(A)と、当該緩衝層(B)とが互いに直に接しており;
 当該緩衝層(B)の厚さに対する当該貯蔵層(A)の厚さの比が、1.3~15の範囲にあり、
 前記貯蔵層(A)が、
  2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)、
  無機粒子(a2)、および
  界面活性剤(a3)
を含む組成物(A-1)の硬化物からなり;
 前記緩衝層(B)が、
  2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)、および
  無機粒子(b2)
を含む組成物(B-1)の硬化物からなり;
 前記組成物(B-1)は、界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含むか、あるいは、含まず;
 前記組成物(B-1)が前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含む場合、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する当該界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少なく;且つ、
 前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含むか、あるいは、
 前記無機粒子(a2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(a2-0)であり且つ前記無機粒子(b2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)である、
積層体。
That is, the present invention relates to the following [1] to [15].
[1]
Including a substrate, a storage layer (A), and a buffer layer (B) in this order;
The storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) are in direct contact with each other;
The ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is in the range of 1.3-15,
The storage layer (A) is
A polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups,
Inorganic particles (a2), and surfactant (a3)
A cured product of the composition (A-1) comprising:
The buffer layer (B)
A polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, and inorganic particles (b2)
A cured product of the composition (B-1) comprising:
The composition (B-1) further contains or does not contain a surfactant (b3);
When the composition (B-1) further contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of A-1); and
The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, or
The inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and the inorganic particles (b2) are modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group Inorganic particles (b2-0) that are not
Laminated body.
 [2]
 前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含み、
 前記無機粒子(b2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)を含む、前記[1]に記載の積層体。
[2]
The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group;
The laminate according to [1], wherein the inorganic particles (b2) include inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group.
 [3]
 前記無機粒子(a2-1)および前記無機粒子(b2-1)が、それぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたシリカ粒子と(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたジルコニア粒子とからなる群より選ばれる1以上である前記[2]に記載の積層体。
[3]
The inorganic particles (a2-1) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) are independently modified with a silica particle modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. The laminate according to [2], which is at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconia particles formed.
 [4]
 前記無機粒子(b2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)を含み、且つ、
 前記組成物(B-1)中の、前記(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)の含有重量が、当該(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)の含有重量よりも多い、前記[2]または[3]に記載の積層体。
[4]
The inorganic particles (b2) include inorganic particles (b2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and
The weight of the inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group in the composition (B-1) is modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group. The laminate according to the above [2] or [3], which is larger than the content of the inorganic particles (b2-0) that are not present.
 [5]
 前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量が、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量よりも少ない前記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[5]
The content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is greater than the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). The laminate according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the laminate is small.
 [6]
 前記多官能モノマー(a1)および前記多官能モノマー(b1)として、下記式(1)で表される多官能モノマーを含む前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[6]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the polyfunctional monomer (a1) and the polyfunctional monomer (b1) include a polyfunctional monomer represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(上記式(1)中、nは1から30の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In the above formula (1), n represents an integer of 1 to 30.)
 [7]
 前記界面活性剤(a3)および前記界面活性剤(b3)が、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する前記[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
 [8]
 前記界面活性剤(a3)および前記界面活性剤(b3)として、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩、およびポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテルからなる群より選ばれるいずれか1以上を含む前記[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[7]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the surfactant (a3) and the surfactant (b3) have a polyoxyalkylene structure.
[8]
The surfactant (a3) and the surfactant (b3) are any one or more selected from the group consisting of polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether The laminate according to any one of [1] to [7], comprising:
 [9]
 前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記無機粒子(b2)の含有量が40~70重量%である前記[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[9]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the content of the inorganic particles (b2) is 40 to 70% by weight relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1).
 [10]
 前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有量が1.0~5.0重量%である前記[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[10]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the content of the surfactant (a3) with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) is 1.0 to 5.0% by weight. body.
 [11]
 前記組成物(B-1)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基とアニオン性親水基とを有する化合物をさらに含む前記[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[11]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the composition (B-1) further comprises a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and an anionic hydrophilic group.
 [12]
 前記緩衝層(B)が、光安定剤を、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して3重量%以上含む前記[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
 [13]
 前記貯蔵層(A)の厚さが4.0μm以上である前記[1]~[12]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[12]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the buffer layer (B) contains a light stabilizer in an amount of 3% by weight or more based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1).
[13]
The laminate according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein the storage layer (A) has a thickness of 4.0 μm or more.
 [14]
 (S1):前記基材を含む層の少なくとも一方の面に対して、
  前記多官能モノマー(a1)、
  前記無機粒子(a2)、
  前記界面活性剤(a3)、および
  溶媒(a4)
を含む組成物(A-1a)の塗布物層(A2)を設ける工程、
 (S2):前記工程(S1)で得られた塗布物層(A2)から前記溶媒(a4)を除去する工程、
 (S3):前記工程(S2)の後に、塗布物層(A2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(A2)を硬化物層(A2')に変換する工程、
 (S4):前記工程(S3)の後に、前記硬化物層(A2')上に、
  前記多官能モノマー(b1)、
  前記無機粒子(b2)、および
  溶媒(b4)
を含む組成物(B-1a)の塗布物層(B2)を設ける工程、
 (S5):前記工程(S4)で得られた塗布物層(B2)から前記溶媒(b4)を除去する工程、および
 (S6):前記工程(S5)の後に、塗布物層(B2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(B2)を硬化物層(B2')に変換する工程、
を含み;
 前記組成物(A-1a)100重量部あたりの前記組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量は、46重量部以上100重量部未満であり;
 前記組成物(B-1a)は、前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含むか、あるいは、含まず;
 前記組成物(B-1)が前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含む場合、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する当該界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少なく;且つ、
 前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含むか、あるいは、
 前記無機粒子(a2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(a2-0)であり且つ前記無機粒子(b2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)である、
前記[1]に記載の積層体の製造方法。
[14]
(S1): For at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate,
The polyfunctional monomer (a1),
The inorganic particles (a2),
The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4)
Providing a coated layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing:
(S2): A step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1),
(S3): After the step (S2), the coating layer (A2) is cured, and the coating layer (A2) is converted into a cured layer (A2 ′).
(S4): After the step (S3), on the cured product layer (A2 ′),
The polyfunctional monomer (b1),
The inorganic particles (b2), and the solvent (b4)
Providing a coated layer (B2) of the composition (B-1a) containing:
(S5): a step of removing the solvent (b4) from the coating layer (B2) obtained in the step (S4), and (S6): after the step (S5), the coating layer (B2) Curing, converting the coated layer (B2) into a cured layer (B2 ′),
Including:
The total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is 46 parts by weight or more and less than 100 parts by weight;
The composition (B-1a) further contains or does not contain the surfactant (b3);
When the composition (B-1) further contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of A-1); and
The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, or
The inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and the inorganic particles (b2) are modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group Inorganic particles (b2-0) that are not
The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in said [1].
 [15]
 前記工程(S5)が、50~90℃での加熱下で行われる前記[14]に記載の製造方法。
[15]
The production method according to [14], wherein the step (S5) is performed under heating at 50 to 90 ° C.
 本発明によれば、高い防曇性を維持することができ、併せて耐擦傷性にも優れる積層体を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a laminate that can maintain high antifogging properties and also has excellent scratch resistance.
 〔積層体〕
 本発明に係る積層体は、基材と、貯蔵層(A)と、緩衝層(B)とをこの順で含んでいる。ここで、本発明に係る積層体において、この貯蔵層(A)とこの緩衝層(B)とは、互いに直に接している。
[Laminate]
The laminated body which concerns on this invention contains the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order. Here, in the laminate according to the present invention, the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) are in direct contact with each other.
 ここで、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」なる用語は、アクリロイル基とメタクリロイル基とをまとめて包括的に表すために用いられ、「(メタ)アクリル酸」なる用語は、アクリル酸とメタクリル酸とをまとめて包括的に表すために用いられ、「(メタ)アクリレート」なる用語は、アクリレートとメタクリレートとをまとめて包括的に表すために用いられ、「(メタ)アクリルアミド」なる用語は、アクリルアミドとメタクリルアミドとをまとめて包括的に表すために用いられ、「(メタ)アクリル系」なる用語は、アクリル系とメタクリル系とをまとめて包括的に表すために用いられる。 Here, in this specification, the term “(meth) acryloyl group” is used to collectively represent an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group, and the term “(meth) acrylic acid” is acrylic acid. And the term “(meth) acrylate” are used to collectively represent acrylate and methacrylate, and the term “(meth) acrylamide”. Is used to collectively represent acrylamide and methacrylamide, and the term “(meth) acrylic” is used to collectively represent acrylic and methacrylic.
 また、組成物について「総乾燥重量」とは、別途の記載がない限り、当該組成物を構成する成分のうち溶媒成分を除く成分の重量の合計をいう。
 以下、本発明の積層体を構成する各層について説明する。
In addition, “total dry weight” for a composition means the total weight of components excluding the solvent component among the components constituting the composition, unless otherwise specified.
Hereinafter, each layer which comprises the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated.
 <貯蔵層(A)>
 本発明の積層体において、貯蔵層(A)は、
  2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)、
  無機粒子(a2)、および
  界面活性剤(a3)
を含む組成物(A-1)の硬化物からなる。
<Storage layer (A)>
In the laminate of the present invention, the storage layer (A) is:
A polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups,
Inorganic particles (a2), and surfactant (a3)
A cured product of the composition (A-1) containing
 この貯蔵層(A)は、界面活性剤(a3)を内部に貯蔵しており、後述する緩衝層(B)を通じて本発明の積層体の表面にこの界面活性剤(a3)を絶えず供給する役割を果たす。これにより、本発明の積層体は、高い防曇性を発揮するのである。 The storage layer (A) stores the surfactant (a3) therein, and constantly supplies the surfactant (a3) to the surface of the laminate of the present invention through the buffer layer (B) described later. Fulfill. Thereby, the laminated body of this invention exhibits high anti-fogging property.
 本発明で用いられる「界面活性剤(a3)」が有する具体的な構造については、後記「界面活性剤(a3)」の項で詳述する。
 なお、本明細書において、上記「2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)」は、単に「多官能モノマー(a1)」と呼ばれる場合がある。
The specific structure of the “surfactant (a3)” used in the present invention will be described in detail in the “surfactant (a3)” section below.
In the present specification, the “polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups” may be simply referred to as “polyfunctional monomer (a1)”.
 多官能モノマー(a1)
 本発明において、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)は、組成物(A-1)の硬化を通じて互いに結合し合うことにより形成されるネットワーク構造を通じて、貯蔵層(A)の基本骨格を与えるとともに、貯蔵層(A)に界面活性剤(a3)を貯蔵する空間を与える役割を果たす。つまり、多官能モノマー(a1)は、組成物(A-1)の硬化を通じて対応する重合体に変換され、貯蔵層(A)における重合体成分を構成することになる。
Multifunctional monomer (a1)
In the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups is stored in the storage layer (A) through a network structure formed by bonding to each other through the curing of the composition (A-1). And a space for storing the surfactant (a3) in the storage layer (A). That is, the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is converted into a corresponding polymer through the curing of the composition (A-1), and constitutes a polymer component in the storage layer (A).
 本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(a1)は、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基と、これらの(メタ)アクリロイル基を一分子内に固定するリンカー部分とからなる。ただし、本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(a1)は、アニオン性基やカチオン性基は含まない。この点で、後記「緩衝層(B)」の項の中で後述する「アニオン性親水基含有モノマー」とは異なる。 The polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention comprises two or more (meth) acryloyl groups and a linker moiety that fixes these (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule. However, the polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention does not contain an anionic group or a cationic group. In this respect, it differs from the “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer” described later in the section “Buffer Layer (B)”.
 本発明の1つの態様において、多官能モノマー(a1)は、(メタ)アクリル酸と2以上の水酸基を有する多価アルコールとのエステルである。ここで、「2以上の水酸基を有する多価アルコール」は、アルカンジオールやアルカントリオールなどのアルカンポリオールであっても良く、あるいは、ポリエチレングリコールなどのポリオキシアルキレングリコール、および、アルカンポリオールにポリオキシアルキレンを付加してなる化合物等、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有するものであっても良い。また、「2以上の水酸基を有する多価アルコール」は、芳香族環をさらに含んでいても良く、あるいは、脂環式化合物に該当するものであっても良い。本発明においては、上記「2以上の水酸基を有する多価アルコール」は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を含んでいることが好ましく、例えば、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含むジオールであることが好ましい。また、芳香族環を含む「2以上の水酸基を有する多価アルコール」の例としては、ビスフェノールのエチレンオキサイド付加物等が挙げられる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is an ester of (meth) acrylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups. Here, the “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” may be an alkane polyol such as alkanediol or alkanetriol, or a polyoxyalkylene glycol such as polyethylene glycol or a polyoxyalkylene added to the alkane polyol. A compound having a polyoxyalkylene structure, such as a compound formed by adding The “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” may further contain an aromatic ring or may correspond to an alicyclic compound. In the present invention, the above “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” preferably contains a polyoxyalkylene structure, for example, a diol containing a polyoxyethylene structure. Examples of “polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups” containing an aromatic ring include ethylene oxide adducts of bisphenol.
 本発明において好適に用いられる多官能モノマー(a1)の具体例として、下記式(1)、(2)に示される構造を有する化合物が挙げられ、これらのうちでは、下記式(1)に示される構造を有する化合物が好ましく挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) suitably used in the present invention include compounds having a structure represented by the following formulas (1) and (2). Among these, the compound represented by the following formula (1) is used. A compound having a structure is preferably mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(1)中、nは1から30の整数を示す)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In formula (1), n represents an integer of 1 to 30)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式(2)中、lおよびmは、l+mが2~40の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In the formula (2), l and m each represent an integer of 1 to 40 with l + m.)
 すなわち、本発明において好適に用いられる多官能モノマー(a1)の具体例として、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、および、2,2-ビス-[4-(アクリロキシ-ポリエトキシ)フェニル]-プロパンが挙げられる。ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては例えば、テトラデカエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリコサエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 That is, specific examples of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) suitably used in the present invention include polyethylene glycol diacrylate and 2,2-bis- [4- (acryloxy-polyethoxy) phenyl] -propane. Examples of the polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tetradecaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and tricosaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
 本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(a1)は、1種単独でも2種以上の組み合わせでもよい。
 貯蔵層(A)を構成することになる多官能モノマー(a1)の具体的な量は、組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は30~70重量%、好ましくは45~60重量%である。
 本発明で用いられる貯蔵層(A)に関連して、後記「緩衝層(B)」の項で後述するように、硬化により緩衝層(B)を与える組成物(B-1)では、多官能モノマー(b1)のほかに、アニオン性親水基含有モノマーをさらに含むことができる。本発明の目的が達成できる限りにおいて、上記組成物(A-1)においても、後記組成物(B-1)に含まれうるアニオン性親水基含有モノマーと同様のアニオン性親水基含有モノマーが含まれる可能性を必ずしも排除するものではない。ただ、本発明の典型的な態様において、上記組成物(A-1)は、通常、このようなアニオン性親水基含有モノマーは含まない。
The polyfunctional monomer (a1) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
The specific amount of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) constituting the storage layer (A) is usually 30 to 70% by weight, preferably 45 to 45% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). 60% by weight.
In relation to the storage layer (A) used in the present invention, as will be described later in the section of “Buffer layer (B)”, the composition (B-1) that gives the buffer layer (B) by curing has many In addition to the functional monomer (b1), an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer can be further included. As long as the object of the present invention can be achieved, the composition (A-1) includes an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer similar to the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer that can be contained in the composition (B-1) described later. This does not necessarily exclude the possibility of being However, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the composition (A-1) usually does not contain such an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer.
 無機粒子(a2)
 無機粒子(a2)は、無機物質の粒子である。本発明において、この無機粒子(a2)は、上記2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)同士の結合によって形成されるネットワーク構造に組み込まれる形で貯蔵層(A)内部に内包されており、貯蔵層(A)に適度な硬度および強度を与える役割を果たす。
Inorganic particles (a2)
The inorganic particles (a2) are particles of an inorganic substance. In the present invention, the inorganic particles (a2) are incorporated in the storage layer (A) in the form of being incorporated into a network structure formed by the bonding of the polyfunctional monomers (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups. It is encapsulated and plays a role of imparting appropriate hardness and strength to the storage layer (A).
 本発明で用いられる無機粒子(a2)は、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(a2-0)(以下、単に「無機粒子(a2-0)」と呼ばれる場合がある。)であってもよく、あるいは、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)(以下、単に「無機粒子(a2-1)」と呼ばれる場合がある。)であっても良い。 The inorganic particles (a2) used in the present invention may be called inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as “inorganic particles (a2-0)”). Or the inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter, simply referred to as “inorganic particles (a2-1)”). ).
 ここで、本発明の典型的な態様において、無機粒子(a2-0)は、無修飾の無機粒子であり、すなわち、実質的に無機物質のみからなる粒子である。ただ、このことは、無機粒子(a2-0)中における有機物質の含有量を厳密に0とすべきことを意味するものでなく、無機粒子(a2-0)中に、他の成分との反応性を示さない有機物質が、当該無機粒子(a2-0)を構成する無機物質が本来有している物性に影響を与えない程度の微量含まれていてもよい。例えば、無機粒子(a2-0)は、製造工程に起因して不可避的に混入しうる微量の有機物質、並びに、大気中に静置することにより表面に不可避的に非特異吸着しうる大気由来の微量の有機物質は、含んでいても良い。無機粒子(a2-0)を構成する無機物質として、シリカ、ジルコニア、アルミナ、酸化スズ、酸化アンチモン、チタニアなどの金属酸化物、並びに、ナノダイヤモンド粒子等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、樹脂への分散性及び硬度、耐光性の観点からシリカおよびジルコニアが特に好ましい。 Here, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the inorganic particles (a2-0) are unmodified inorganic particles, that is, particles substantially composed of an inorganic substance. However, this does not mean that the content of the organic substance in the inorganic particles (a2-0) should be strictly zero. An organic substance that does not exhibit reactivity may be contained in a trace amount that does not affect the physical properties of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0). For example, the inorganic particles (a2-0) are inevitably mixed in due to the manufacturing process, and a small amount of organic substances that are unavoidably adsorbed on the surface by standing in the atmosphere. The trace amount of organic substance may be contained. Examples of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0) include metal oxides such as silica, zirconia, alumina, tin oxide, antimony oxide, and titania, and nanodiamond particles. Among these, silica and zirconia are particularly preferable from the viewpoints of dispersibility in resin, hardness, and light resistance.
 無機粒子(a2-0)の粒径は、5~50nmが好ましく、10~30nmがより好ましい。無機粒子(a2-0)の粒径が前記下限値以上であると、硬度が得られ易く、また組成物(A-1)における粒子の分散性が良好となるため好ましい。一方、無機粒子(a2-0)の粒径が前記上限値以下であると、組成物(A-1)を硬化膜などの硬化物としたときの透明性が良好となるため好ましい。ここで無機粒子(a2-0)の粒径は、レーザー光による動的散乱法によって求めることができる。 The particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is preferably 5 to 50 nm, more preferably 10 to 30 nm. It is preferable that the particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is not less than the lower limit because hardness is easily obtained and the dispersibility of the particles in the composition (A-1) is improved. On the other hand, it is preferable that the particle size of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is not more than the above upper limit value because the transparency is improved when the composition (A-1) is a cured product such as a cured film. Here, the particle diameter of the inorganic particles (a2-0) can be determined by a dynamic scattering method using laser light.
 以上のような無機粒子(a2-0)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせでも良い。
 一方、本発明の好適な態様において、無機粒子(a2)は、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)である。この無機粒子(a2-1)は、上記無機粒子(a2-0)を基礎粒子とし、当該基礎粒子の表面に(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基を有するものである。この態様では、組成物(A-1)の硬化の際に、無機粒子(a2-1)を構成する(メタ)アクリロイル基が、上記多官能モノマー(a1)を構成する(メタ)アクリロイル基との間に共有結合を形成することになる。したがって、得られる貯蔵層(A)において、無機粒子(a2-1)は、多官能モノマー(a1)同士の結合によって形成されるネットワーク構造と、共有結合を介して一体化されることになる。このような無機粒子(a2-1)の好適な例として、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたシリカ粒子、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたジルコニア粒子が挙げられる。
The inorganic particles (a2-0) as described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
On the other hand, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. The inorganic particles (a2-1) have the inorganic particles (a2-0) as basic particles and have functional groups containing (meth) acryloyl groups on the surface of the basic particles. In this embodiment, when the composition (A-1) is cured, the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the inorganic particles (a2-1) and the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the polyfunctional monomer (a1) A covalent bond will be formed between the two. Therefore, in the storage layer (A) obtained, the inorganic particles (a2-1) are integrated with the network structure formed by the bond between the polyfunctional monomers (a1) through the covalent bond. Preferable examples of such inorganic particles (a2-1) include silica particles modified with a functional group containing (meth) acryloyl groups and zirconia particles modified with a functional group containing (meth) acryloyl groups. .
 無機粒子(a2-1)を構成する「(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基」は、末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有し、さらに、(メタ)アクリロイル基と基礎粒子とを連結するための連結基とを有する。 The “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particle (a2-1) has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal, and further connects the (meth) acryloyl group and the base particle. And a linking group.
 このような無機粒子(a2-1)は、市販品として入手可能であり、そのような市販品の例として、日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y等が挙げられる。 Such inorganic particles (a2-1) are commercially available, and examples of such commercially available products include organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries.
 無機粒子(a2-1)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせでも良い。
 貯蔵層(A)における無機粒子(a2)の具体的な量は、組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は30~60重量%、好ましくは35~50重量%である。ここで、無機粒子(a2)が無機粒子(a2-0)および無機粒子(a2-1)の両方を含む場合、無機粒子(a2-0)と無機粒子(a2-1)との割合は、無機粒子(a2-0)および無機粒子(a2-1)の乾燥重量の合計を100重量%としたときに、無機粒子(a2-0)の量は通常0重量%を越え30重量%以下であり、無機粒子(a2-1)の量は通常100重量%未満且つ70重量%以上である。
The inorganic particles (a2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The specific amount of the inorganic particles (a2) in the storage layer (A) is usually 30 to 60% by weight, preferably 35 to 50% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). Here, when the inorganic particles (a2) include both inorganic particles (a2-0) and inorganic particles (a2-1), the ratio of the inorganic particles (a2-0) to the inorganic particles (a2-1) is: When the total dry weight of the inorganic particles (a2-0) and the inorganic particles (a2-1) is 100% by weight, the amount of the inorganic particles (a2-0) is usually more than 0% by weight and 30% by weight or less. The amount of the inorganic particles (a2-1) is usually less than 100% by weight and 70% by weight or more.
 本発明において、貯蔵層(A)を構成することになる上記多官能モノマー(a1)に対する無機粒子(a2)の割合は、組成物(A-1)中の無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比として、通常0.6/1~1/1の範囲にある。 In the present invention, the ratio of the inorganic particles (a2) to the polyfunctional monomer (a1) constituting the storage layer (A) is the same as the content of the inorganic particles (a2) in the composition (A-1). The ratio with respect to the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is usually in the range of 0.6 / 1 to 1/1.
 界面活性剤(a3)
 本発明において、界面活性剤(a3)は、貯蔵層(A)内部に貯蔵されており、後述する緩衝層(B)を通じて本発明の積層体の表面に滲出することにより、本発明の積層体に防曇性を付与する役割を果たす。界面活性剤(a3)は、このような役割を果たしうる限りにおいて、有すべき構造に特に限定はない。本発明の好適な態様において、界面活性剤(a3)は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有している。
Surfactant (a3)
In the present invention, the surfactant (a3) is stored inside the storage layer (A), and oozes out to the surface of the laminate of the present invention through the buffer layer (B) described later, whereby the laminate of the present invention. It plays a role of imparting antifogging properties to the water. As long as the surfactant (a3) can fulfill such a role, there is no particular limitation on the structure it should have. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure.
 ここで、界面活性剤(a3)がポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する場合、本発明の典型的な態様において、界面活性剤(a3)は、アクリルポリマー構造やメタクリルポリマー構造を有さないことが好ましい。すなわち、界面活性剤(a3)は、下記式(AC1)~(AC2)で表される構造のいずれも有さないことが好ましい: Here, when the surfactant (a3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) preferably does not have an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure. That is, the surfactant (a3) preferably does not have any of the structures represented by the following formulas (AC1) to (AC2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(上記式(AC1)および(AC2)中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the above formulas (AC1) and (AC2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more).
 この場合、本発明で用いられる界面活性剤(a3)は、
 (i)ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する、(ii) 上記式(AC1)~(AC2)で表される構造のいずれも有さない、という条件を満たす限り特に限定されず、従来公知の界面活性剤とすることができる。ただ、本発明では、界面活性剤(a3)として、通常、重合性を有さないもの、特に、分子中に不飽和結合を含まないものが用いられる。
In this case, the surfactant (a3) used in the present invention is
The surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the following conditions: (i) having a polyoxyalkylene structure, (ii) not having any of the structures represented by the above formulas (AC1) to (AC2) It can be. However, in the present invention, as the surfactant (a3), those having no polymerizability are used, particularly those not containing an unsaturated bond in the molecule.
 本発明の典型的な態様では、界面活性剤(a3)は、炭化水素基とポリオキシアルキレン構造とを含んでおり、炭化水素基として、アルキル基、アルケニル基が挙げられる。また、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を構成する繰り返し単位の例として、-O-CH2CH2-、-O-CH2CH2CH2-、-O-CH2CH2CH2CH2-等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、-O-CH2CH2-が好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造を構成する繰り返し単位の数は、好ましくは1~30である。 In a typical embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) contains a hydrocarbon group and a polyoxyalkylene structure, and examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group. Further, examples of the repeating units constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure, -O-CH 2 CH 2 - , - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and the like include Among these, —O—CH 2 CH 2 — is preferable. The number of repeating units constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably 1-30.
 ここで、本発明の好適な態様において、界面活性剤(a3)は、アニオン性親水基をさらに有している。アニオン性親水基の例として、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、O-硫酸基(-O-SO3 -)、およびN-硫酸基(-NH-SO3 -)などが挙げられる。これらアニオン性親水基の中でも、リン酸基、O-硫酸基(-O-SO3 -)が好ましい。これらアニオン性親水基は、遊離酸の形態でも、適当なカチオンとの塩の形態でもよいが、多くの場合、対応するナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、または、アンモニウム塩の形態を有している。 Here, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (a3) further has an anionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the anionic hydrophilic group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, an O-sulfate group (—O—SO 3 ), an N-sulfate group (—NH—SO 3 ), and the like. Among these anionic hydrophilic groups, a phosphate group and an O-sulfate group (—O—SO 3 ) are preferable. These anionic hydrophilic groups may be in the form of a free acid or a salt with a suitable cation, but in many cases have the corresponding sodium, potassium or ammonium salt form.
 本発明で好適に用いられる界面活性剤(a3)の1つとして、例えば、下記式(SS1)で表される構造を有するものが挙げられる:
  R-[-O-R'-]n-X  ・・・(SS1)
 上記式中、Rは、炭素数10~20のアルキル基または炭素数10~20のアルケニル基を表し、R'は、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基を表し、nは、1~30の整数を表し、Xは、水酸基、または、スルホ基、ホスホノ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、O-硫酸基およびN-硫酸基からなる群より選ばれるいずれかのアニオン性親水基を表す。ここで、前記R'の例として、-O-CH2CH2-、-O-CH2CH2CH2-、-O-CH2CH2CH2CH2-等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、-O-CH2CH2-が好ましい。また、前記Xとなりうるアニオン性親水基の中で、リン酸基、O-硫酸基、が好ましい。前記Xとして挙げられる前記アニオン性親水基は、遊離酸の形態でも、適当なカチオンとの塩の形態でもよいが、多くの場合、対応するナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、または、アンモニウム塩の形態を有している。このような塩のうち最も一般的なものとしてナトリウム塩が挙げられるが、アンモニウム塩などほかのカチオンとの塩の形態を有することを妨げるものではない。
One of the surfactants (a3) suitably used in the present invention includes, for example, one having a structure represented by the following formula (SS1):
R — [— O—R′—] n —X (SS1)
In the above formula, R represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms, R ′ represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and n is an integer of 1 to 30 X represents a hydroxyl group or any anionic hydrophilic group selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, a phosphono group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, an O-sulfate group and an N-sulfate group. Here, as an example of the R ', -O-CH 2 CH 2 -, - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, - O-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and the like, and among these , —O—CH 2 CH 2 — is preferred. Among the anionic hydrophilic groups that can be X, a phosphoric acid group and an O-sulfuric acid group are preferable. The anionic hydrophilic group exemplified as X may be in the form of a free acid or a salt with an appropriate cation, but in many cases, it has a corresponding sodium salt, potassium salt or ammonium salt form. doing. Among these salts, sodium salt is the most common, but it does not preclude having a salt form with other cations such as ammonium salt.
 界面活性剤(a3)のうちアニオン性親水基を有するものの例として、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルケニルエーテル硫酸塩、および、これらの混合物などが挙げられ、その具体例として、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸ナトリウムなどのポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸ナトリウムなどのポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩が挙げられる。 Examples of the surfactant (a3) having an anionic hydrophilic group include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfates, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether sulfates, and mixtures thereof. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfates. Examples thereof include polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate such as sodium oxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
 ただ、本発明で用いられる界面活性剤(a3)は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有するノニオン系界面活性剤であってもよい。そのような界面活性剤(a3)の例として、ポリオキシアルキレンモノアルキルエーテルなどのポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンモノアルケニルエーテルなどのポリオキシアルキレンアルケニルエーテル、および、これらの混合物などが挙げられる。ここで、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルとして、ポリオキシアルキレン分岐デシルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンドデシルエーテル(ポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテル)、ポリオキシアルキレントリデシルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンオレイルセチルエーテルが挙げられる。ここで、本発明の例示的な態様において、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルは、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルであり、その例として、ポリオキシエチレンイソデシルエーテルおよびポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテルが挙げられる。 However, the surfactant (a3) used in the present invention may be a nonionic surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure. Examples of such surfactant (a3) include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkenyl ether, and mixtures thereof. . Here, examples of the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether include polyoxyalkylene branched decyl ether, polyoxyalkylene dodecyl ether (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether), polyoxyalkylene tridecyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene oleyl cetyl ether. Here, in an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, and examples thereof include polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
 本発明で用いられる界面活性剤(a3)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせであっても良い。
 貯蔵層(A)における界面活性剤(a3)の具体的な量は、組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は1.0~5.0重量%、好ましくは1.5~3.0重量%である。
The surfactant (a3) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
The specific amount of the surfactant (a3) in the storage layer (A) is usually 1.0 to 5.0% by weight, preferably 1.5%, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). ~ 3.0 wt%.
 その他の界面活性剤
 本発明において、組成物(A-1)は、本発明の積層体の構成や用途によっては、上記界面活性剤(a3)に加えて、界面活性剤(a3)に該当しないその他の界面活性剤(以下、「その他の界面活性剤」)をさらに含んでいても良い。
 この「その他の界面活性剤」は、上記界面活性剤(a3)に該当しない限り特に限定はなく、従来公知の界面活性剤であっても良い。
Other surfactants In the present invention, the composition (A-1) does not correspond to the surfactant (a3) in addition to the surfactant (a3), depending on the composition and use of the laminate of the present invention. Other surfactant (hereinafter referred to as “other surfactant”) may further be included.
The “other surfactant” is not particularly limited as long as it does not correspond to the surfactant (a3), and may be a conventionally known surfactant.
 本発明で用いうる「その他の界面活性剤」として、
  (i)アクリルポリマー構造またはメタクリルポリマー構造を有する界面活性剤(以下、「界面活性剤(a3')」);
  (ii)ポリオキシアルキレン構造、アクリルポリマー構造、および、メタクリルポリマー構造のいずれも有さない界面活性剤(以下、「界面活性剤(a3'')」)
が挙げられる。
As "other surfactant" that can be used in the present invention,
(I) a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3 ′)”);
(Ii) Surfactant having no polyoxyalkylene structure, acrylic polymer structure, or methacrylic polymer structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3 ″)”)
Is mentioned.
 ここで、「界面活性剤(a3')」の1つとして、アクリルポリマー構造またはメタクリルポリマー構造と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造とを有する界面活性剤(以下、「界面活性剤(a3'-1)」)が挙げられる。この「界面活性剤(a3'-1)」は、典型的には、アクリルポリマー構造またはメタクリルポリマー構造を主鎖として有しており、ポリオキシアルキレン構造をペンダント基として有している。このような「界面活性剤(a3'-1)」の1つとして、特許3308581号などに開示されているような、末端に水酸基を有する(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに対応する構成単位と、(メタ)アクリル酸のアルキルエステルに対応する構成単位とを有する界面活性剤が挙げられる。ここで、この界面活性剤は、(メタ)アクリル酸塩に対応する構成単位などほかの構成単位をさらに有していてもよい。 Here, as one of the “surfactant (a3 ′)”, a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure and a polyoxyalkylene structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3′-1)”). ). The “surfactant (a3′-1)” typically has an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure as a main chain, and has a polyoxyalkylene structure as a pendant group. As one of such “surfactant (a3′-1)”, a (meth) acrylic acid ester having a (poly) oxyalkylene group having a hydroxyl group at the terminal, as disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 3308581 And a surfactant having a structural unit corresponding to the alkyl ester of (meth) acrylic acid. Here, this surfactant may further have other structural units such as a structural unit corresponding to (meth) acrylate.
 このような「界面活性剤(a3'-1)」は、市販品であっても良く、その例として、共栄社化学社製のポリフローWS-314などが挙げられる。
 一方、「界面活性剤(a3')」は、必ずしもポリオキシアルキレン構造を有していなくてもよい。すなわち、「界面活性剤(a3')」は、アクリルポリマー構造またはメタクリルポリマー構造は有するが、ポリオキシアルキレン構造は有さない界面活性剤(以下、「界面活性剤(a3'-2)」)であっても良い。この「界面活性剤(a3'-2)」は、親水基として、ポリオキシアルキレン構造以外の親水基を有する。ポリオキシアルキレン構造以外の親水基の例として、スルホ基、ホスホノ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、O-硫酸基およびN-硫酸基などのアニオン性親水基、並びに、アミノ基、4級アンモニウム構造などのカチオン性親水基が挙げられる。このような「界面活性剤(a3'-2)」の1つとして、特開2012-177040号公報などに開示されているような、N-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミドポリマーのセグメントと親水基含有ポリマーのセグメントとを有する(メタ)アクリル系ブロックコポリマーが挙げられる。
Such “surfactant (a3′-1)” may be a commercially available product, and examples thereof include Polyflow WS-314 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
On the other hand, the “surfactant (a3 ′)” does not necessarily have a polyoxyalkylene structure. That is, the “surfactant (a3 ′)” is a surfactant having an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure but not having a polyoxyalkylene structure (hereinafter referred to as “surfactant (a3′-2)”). It may be. This “surfactant (a3′-2)” has a hydrophilic group other than the polyoxyalkylene structure as the hydrophilic group. Examples of hydrophilic groups other than the polyoxyalkylene structure include anionic hydrophilic groups such as sulfo group, phosphono group, carboxyl group, phosphate group, O-sulfate group and N-sulfate group, amino group, and quaternary ammonium structure. And cationic hydrophilic groups such as As one of such “surfactant (a3′-2)”, an N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide polymer segment and a hydrophilic group-containing polymer as disclosed in JP 2012-177040 A, etc. (Meth) acrylic block copolymers having the following segments.
 また、「界面活性剤(a3')」は、感温性を持ったアクリルポリマー系界面活性剤、すなわち、一定温度以下では界面活性を示し、一定温度以上では界面活性を示さないアクリルポリマー系界面活性剤、であっても良く、その市販品の例として、共栄社化学社製のKL-850などが挙げられる。 The “surfactant (a3 ′)” is a temperature-sensitive acrylic polymer-based surfactant, that is, an acrylic polymer-based interface that exhibits surface activity below a certain temperature and does not exhibit surface activity above a certain temperature. An activator may be used, and examples of the commercially available product include KL-850 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
 一方、前記「界面活性剤(a3'')」の例として、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸塩などが挙げられる。
 ここで、本発明の積層体は、貯蔵層(A)を2層以上有していてもよいところ、これらの貯蔵層(A)のうち、基材に最も近い貯蔵層(以下、「貯蔵層(A0)」)と、当該「貯蔵層(A0)」以外の貯蔵層(以下、「貯蔵層(A1)」)とで異なる役割を持たせることがある。特に、後記「積層体の構成」の項で後述するように、後記基材を、ポリジエチレングリコールジアリルカーボネート、ポリジアリルカーボネートなどとし、且つ、基材と貯蔵層(A)との間にプライマー層を存在させる場合、貯蔵層(A)に含まれる界面活性剤(a3)がプライマー層に侵入することを抑制するために、上記「貯蔵層(A0)」を保護層(P)として機能させることがある。このような場合、「貯蔵層(A0)」と「貯蔵層(A1)」との作り分けを「その他の界面活性剤」によって行うことがある。
On the other hand, examples of the “surfactant (a3 ″)” include dialkylsulfosuccinate.
Here, the laminate of the present invention may have two or more storage layers (A). Among these storage layers (A), the storage layer closest to the substrate (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer”). (A0) ") and storage layers other than the" storage layer (A0) "(hereinafter," storage layer (A1) ") may have different roles. In particular, as will be described later in the section “Structure of Laminate”, the base material is polydiethylene glycol diallyl carbonate, polydiallyl carbonate, etc., and a primer layer is provided between the base material and the storage layer (A). When present, the “storage layer (A0)” may function as a protective layer (P) in order to prevent the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) from entering the primer layer. is there. In such a case, the “storage layer (A0)” and the “storage layer (A1)” may be separately created by “other surfactant”.
 この場合、貯蔵層(A0)に含まれうる「その他の界面活性剤」として、共栄社化学社製のポリフローWS-314など前記「界面活性剤(a3'-1)」に該当する界面活性剤が挙げられる。そのような「その他の界面活性剤」の具体的な量は、貯蔵層(A0)用の組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常0重量%を越え0.2重量%であり、好ましくは、0.03~0.1重量%である。 In this case, as the “other surfactant” that can be contained in the storage layer (A0), a surfactant corresponding to the “surfactant (a3′-1)” such as Polyflow WS-314 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. is used. Can be mentioned. The specific amount of such “other surfactant” is usually more than 0% by weight and 0.2% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) for the storage layer (A0). Yes, preferably 0.03 to 0.1% by weight.
 一方、貯蔵層(A1)に含まれうる「その他の界面活性剤」として、共栄社化学社製のポリフローKL-850などが挙げられる。そのような「その他の界面活性剤」の具体的な量は、貯蔵層(A1)用の組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常0重量%を越え0.05重量%であり、好ましくは、0.25~0.35重量%である。
 組成物(A-1)に含まれうる「その他の界面活性剤」は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせであっても良い。
On the other hand, examples of “other surfactants” that can be contained in the storage layer (A1) include Polyflow KL-850 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. The specific amount of such “other surfactant” is usually more than 0% by weight and 0.05% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) for the storage layer (A1). Yes, preferably 0.25 to 0.35% by weight.
“Other surfactants” that may be contained in the composition (A-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 貯蔵層(A)の構成
 本発明において、貯蔵層(A)は、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)および上記界面活性剤(a3)を含む組成物(A-1)を硬化させることにより得ることができる。すなわち、貯蔵層(A)は、組成物(A-1)の硬化物である。
Configuration of Storage Layer (A) In the present invention, the storage layer (A) comprises a composition (A-1) containing the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2) and the surfactant (a3). It can be obtained by curing. That is, the storage layer (A) is a cured product of the composition (A-1).
 本発明における貯蔵層(A)の形状は、板状でも膜状でもよい。ただ、本発明において、貯蔵層(A)の厚さが薄すぎると、積層体を水洗した後に十分な防曇性が発揮できない場合がある。したがって、積層体が水洗後も十分な防曇性が発揮できるよう、貯蔵層(A)の厚さは4.0μm以上であることが好ましく、5.3μm以上であることがより好ましい。このように、貯蔵層(A)の厚さが厚いほど当該貯蔵層(A)に含まれる界面活性剤量が増えるため、高い防曇性能及び防曇耐久性が良好になる傾向にあり、貯蔵層(A)の厚さの上限については、本発明の積層体の機能を損ねない限り特に限定はない。ただ、貯蔵層(A)の厚さは、通常30μm以下であり、20μm以下であることが塗工上好ましい。また、このように一定以下の厚さとすることは、好適な塗膜外観を得る上でも好ましい。
 なお、貯蔵層(A)を形成する際の具体的な条件等は、後記「積層体の製造方法」の項で後述する。
The shape of the storage layer (A) in the present invention may be a plate shape or a film shape. However, in the present invention, if the thickness of the storage layer (A) is too thin, sufficient antifogging properties may not be exhibited after the laminate is washed with water. Therefore, the thickness of the storage layer (A) is preferably 4.0 μm or more, and more preferably 5.3 μm or more so that the laminate can exhibit sufficient antifogging properties even after being washed with water. Thus, since the amount of surfactant contained in the storage layer (A) increases as the thickness of the storage layer (A) increases, high anti-fogging performance and anti-fogging durability tend to be improved. The upper limit of the thickness of the layer (A) is not particularly limited as long as the function of the laminate of the present invention is not impaired. However, the thickness of the storage layer (A) is usually 30 μm or less, and preferably 20 μm or less in terms of coating. Moreover, it is preferable also when it is set as the thickness below fixed in this way also when obtaining the suitable coating-film external appearance.
In addition, the specific conditions at the time of forming the storage layer (A) will be described later in the section “Manufacturing Method of Laminate”.
 <緩衝層(B)>
 本発明の積層体において、緩衝層(B)は、
  2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)、および
  無機粒子(b2)
を含む組成物(B-1)の硬化物からなる。
<Buffer layer (B)>
In the laminate of the present invention, the buffer layer (B) is
A polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, and inorganic particles (b2)
A cured product of the composition (B-1) containing
 ここで、組成物(B-1)は、上記組成物(A-1)とは異なり必ずしも界面活性剤を含有している必要はない。ただ、本発明の好適な態様において、組成物(B-1)は、界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含んでいる。 Here, unlike the composition (A-1), the composition (B-1) does not necessarily contain a surfactant. However, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the composition (B-1) further contains a surfactant (b3).
 この緩衝層(B)は、上記貯蔵層(A)よりも高い硬度を有しており、本発明の積層体に十分な耐擦傷性を付与する役割を果たす。また、本発明の積層体は、上記貯蔵層(A)に貯蔵されている上記界面活性剤(a3)が外部に滲出することによって高い防曇性を発揮するところ、この緩衝層(B)は、上記界面活性剤(a3)の滲出速度を制御する役割をも果たす。これにより、本発明の積層体は、単に高い防曇性を有するのみならず、水洗を繰り返した後にも高い防曇性を維持することができるのである。滲出速度の制御は、
  緩衝層(B)における無機粒子と重合体成分(特に多官能モノマーに対応する重合体成分)との重量比(フィラー/マトリックス比)を、貯蔵層(A)より十分大きくするか、或いは
  緩衝層(B)を与えることになる組成物(B-1)の塗布後に含まれる溶媒を、加熱等で除去した後に紫外線等で硬化する
ことで、緩衝層(B)を構成する重合体成分の架橋度を上げることにより成し得る。
This buffer layer (B) has a higher hardness than the storage layer (A), and plays a role of imparting sufficient scratch resistance to the laminate of the present invention. Further, the laminate of the present invention exhibits high antifogging properties when the surfactant (a3) stored in the storage layer (A) exudes to the outside, and this buffer layer (B) Also, it plays a role of controlling the leaching rate of the surfactant (a3). Thereby, the laminated body of this invention not only has high anti-fogging property but can maintain high anti-fogging property even after repeating washing with water. Control of exudation speed is
The weight ratio (filler / matrix ratio) between the inorganic particles and the polymer component (especially the polymer component corresponding to the polyfunctional monomer) in the buffer layer (B) is sufficiently larger than that of the storage layer (A), or the buffer layer The solvent contained after the application of the composition (B-1) to give (B) is removed by heating or the like and then cured with ultraviolet rays or the like to crosslink the polymer components constituting the buffer layer (B). This can be done by raising the degree.
 本発明で用いられる「界面活性剤(b3)」が有する具体的な構造については、後記「界面活性剤(b3)」の項で詳述する。
 なお、本明細書において、上記「2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)」は、単に「多官能モノマー(b1)」と呼ばれる場合がある。
The specific structure of the “surfactant (b3)” used in the present invention will be described in detail in the section “surfactant (b3)” below.
In the present specification, the “polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups” may be simply referred to as “polyfunctional monomer (b1)”.
 多官能モノマー(b1)
 本発明において、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)は、組成物(B-1)の硬化を通じて互いに結合し合うことにより形成されるネットワーク構造を通じて、緩衝層(B)の基本骨格を与えるとともに、前記貯蔵層(A)に含まれる上記界面活性剤(a3)が外部に向かって適切に滲出するために必要な空間を与える役割を果たす。つまり、多官能モノマー(b1)は、組成物(B-1)の硬化を通じて対応する重合体に変換され、緩衝層(B)における重合体成分を構成することになる。
Multifunctional monomer (b1)
In the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups is bonded to the buffer layer (B) through a network structure formed by bonding to each other through the curing of the composition (B-1). In addition to providing the basic skeleton, the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) plays a role of providing a space necessary for appropriately exuding outward. That is, the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is converted into a corresponding polymer through the curing of the composition (B-1), and constitutes a polymer component in the buffer layer (B).
 本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(b1)は、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基と、これらの(メタ)アクリロイル基を一分子内に固定するリンカー部分とからなる。ただし、本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(b1)は、アニオン性基やカチオン性基は含まない。この点で、後述する「アニオン性親水基含有モノマー」とは異なる。 The polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention comprises two or more (meth) acryloyl groups and a linker moiety for fixing these (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule. However, the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention does not contain an anionic group or a cationic group. In this respect, it differs from the “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer” described later.
 ここで、本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(b1)の具体的な構成は、上記多官能モノマー(a1)の項で上述したものと同様とすることができ、例えば、上記式(1)、(2)に示される構造を有する化合物が挙げられ、これらのうちでは、上記式(1)に示される構造を有する化合物が好ましく挙げられる。 Here, the specific configuration of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention can be the same as that described above in the section of the polyfunctional monomer (a1). For example, the formula (1), The compound which has a structure shown by (2) is mentioned, Among these, the compound which has a structure shown by the said Formula (1) is mentioned preferably.
 本発明で用いられる多官能モノマー(b1)は、1種単独でも2種以上の組み合わせでもよい。また、多官能モノマー(b1)は、上記多官能モノマー(a1)と同一であってもよく、あるいは、互いに異なっていても良い。 The polyfunctional monomer (b1) used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types. The polyfunctional monomer (b1) may be the same as the polyfunctional monomer (a1) or may be different from each other.
 本発明において、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量は、上記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量よりも少ない。緩衝層(B)を構成することになる多官能モノマー(b1)の具体的な量は、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は20~50重量%、好ましくは25~47.5重量%である。 In the present invention, the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). Less than. The specific amount of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) constituting the buffer layer (B) is usually 20 to 50% by weight, preferably 25 to 25% by weight based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). 47.5% by weight.
 無機粒子(b2)
 無機粒子(b2)は、上記無機粒子(a2)と同様、無機物質の粒子である。本発明において、この無機粒子(b2)は、上記2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)同士の結合によって形成されるネットワーク構造に組み込まれる形で緩衝層(B)内部に内包されており、緩衝層(B)に高い硬度および十分な耐擦傷性を付与する役割を果たす。
Inorganic particles (b2)
The inorganic particles (b2) are particles of an inorganic substance, like the inorganic particles (a2). In the present invention, the inorganic particles (b2) are incorporated in the buffer layer (B) in a form incorporated into a network structure formed by the bonding of the polyfunctional monomers (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups. It is included and plays a role of imparting high hardness and sufficient scratch resistance to the buffer layer (B).
 本発明で用いられる無機粒子(b2)は、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)(以下、単に「無機粒子(b2-0)」と呼ばれる場合がある。)であっても良く、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)(以下、単に「無機粒子(b2-1)」と呼ばれる場合がある。)であっても良く、あるいは、これらの組み合わせであっても良い。 The inorganic particles (b2) used in the present invention may be called inorganic particles (b2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as “inorganic particles (b2-0)”). Or inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “inorganic particles (b2-1)”). It may be present or a combination thereof.
 ここで、無機粒子(b2-0)を構成する無機物質の材質および粒径は、上記無機粒子(a2-0)を構成する無機物質と同様とすることができる。無機粒子(b2-0)の粒径は、レーザー光による動的散乱法によって求めることができる。無機粒子(b2-0)の好適な例として、例えば、シリカおよびジルコニアが挙げられる。無機粒子(b2-0)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせでも良い。また、無機粒子(b2-0)は、上記無機粒子(a2-0)と同一であってもよく、あるいは、互いに異なっていても良い。 Here, the material and particle size of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (b2-0) can be the same as those of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles (a2-0). The particle size of the inorganic particles (b2-0) can be determined by a dynamic scattering method using laser light. Preferable examples of the inorganic particles (b2-0) include silica and zirconia. The inorganic particles (b2-0) may be a single type or a combination of two or more types. The inorganic particles (b2-0) may be the same as the inorganic particles (a2-0) or may be different from each other.
 一方、本発明の好適な態様において、無機粒子(b2)は、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)である。この無機粒子(b2-1)は、上記無機粒子(b2-0)を基礎粒子とし、当該基礎粒子の表面に(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基を有するものである。この態様では、組成物(B-1)の硬化の際に、無機粒子(b2-1)を構成する(メタ)アクリロイル基が、上記多官能モノマー(b1)を構成する(メタ)アクリロイル基との間に共有結合を形成することになる。したがって、得られる緩衝層(B)において、無機粒子(b2-1)は、多官能モノマー(b1)同士の結合によって形成されるネットワーク構造と、共有結合を介して一体化されることになる。 On the other hand, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the inorganic particles (b2) are inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. The inorganic particles (b2-1) have the inorganic particles (b2-0) as basic particles and have a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group on the surface of the basic particles. In this embodiment, when the composition (B-1) is cured, the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the inorganic particle (b2-1) and the (meth) acryloyl group constituting the polyfunctional monomer (b1) A covalent bond will be formed between the two. Therefore, in the obtained buffer layer (B), the inorganic particles (b2-1) are integrated with the network structure formed by the bond between the polyfunctional monomers (b1) through the covalent bond.
 無機粒子(b2-1)を構成する「(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基」は、末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有し、さらに、(メタ)アクリロイル基と基礎粒子とを連結するための連結基とを有する。その具体的な構成は、上記無機粒子(a2-1)を構成する「(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基」と同様とすることができる。また、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基を有する無機粒子(b2-1)は、上記(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基を有する無機粒子(a2-1)と同様の表面処理によって得ることができる。 The “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particle (b2-1) has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal, and further connects the (meth) acryloyl group and the base particle. And a linking group. The specific configuration can be the same as the “functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group” constituting the inorganic particles (a2-1). The inorganic particles (b2-1) having a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group can be obtained by the same surface treatment as the inorganic particles (a2-1) having a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. it can.
 以上のような無機粒子(b2-1)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせでも良い。また、無機粒子(b2-1)は、上記無機粒子(a2-1)と同一であってもよく、あるいは、互いに異なっていても良い。本発明の好適且つ例示的な態様において、無機粒子(a2-1)および無機粒子(b2-1)は、それぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたシリカ粒子と(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたジルコニア粒子とからなる群より選ばれる1以上である。 The inorganic particles (b2-1) as described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The inorganic particles (b2-1) may be the same as the inorganic particles (a2-1) or may be different from each other. In a preferred and exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the inorganic particles (a2-1) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) are each independently silica particles modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and (meta 1) One or more selected from the group consisting of zirconia particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group.
 上述したように、本発明で用いられる無機粒子(b2)は、上記無機粒子(b2-0)であっても良く、上記無機粒子(b2-1)であっても良く、あるいは、これらの組み合わせであっても良い。 As described above, the inorganic particles (b2) used in the present invention may be the inorganic particles (b2-0), the inorganic particles (b2-1), or a combination thereof. It may be.
 ここで、上記組成物(A-1)を構成する無機粒子(a2)が上記無機粒子(a2-0)である場合、無機粒子(b2)として上記無機粒子(b2-1)を採用すると、原因は不明であるものの、積層体における貯蔵層(A)と緩衝層(B)との密着性が十分に得られない傾向にあり、得られる積層体が必ずしも十分に高い防曇性を示さない場合がある。
したがって、上記無機粒子(a2)が上記無機粒子(a2-0)である場合には、無機粒子(b2)もまた、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)である必要がある。
Here, when the inorganic particles (a2) constituting the composition (A-1) are the inorganic particles (a2-0), the inorganic particles (b2-1) are employed as the inorganic particles (b2). Although the cause is unknown, there is a tendency that the adhesion between the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) in the laminate is not sufficiently obtained, and the resulting laminate does not necessarily exhibit sufficiently high antifogging properties. There is a case.
Therefore, when the inorganic particle (a2) is the inorganic particle (a2-0), the inorganic particle (b2) is also an inorganic particle (b2−2) that is not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. 0).
 一方、上記組成物(A-1)を構成する無機粒子(a2)が上記無機粒子(a2-1)を含む場合、特に、無機粒子(a2)が無機粒子(a2-1)である場合には、無機粒子(b2)は、上記無機粒子(b2-0)であっても良く、上記無機粒子(b2-1)であっても良く、あるいは、これらの組み合わせであっても良い。ただ、無機粒子(b2)が無機粒子(b2-0)および無機粒子(b2-1)の両方を含む場合、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2-1)の含有重量は、無機粒子(b2-0)の含有重量より多いことが好ましい。 On the other hand, when the inorganic particles (a2) constituting the composition (A-1) include the inorganic particles (a2-1), particularly when the inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-1). The inorganic particles (b2) may be the inorganic particles (b2-0), the inorganic particles (b2-1), or a combination thereof. However, when the inorganic particles (b2) include both inorganic particles (b2-0) and inorganic particles (b2-1), the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2-1) in the composition (B-1) is: The content is preferably larger than the content of the inorganic particles (b2-0).
 緩衝層(B)における無機粒子(b2)の具体的な量は、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は40~70重量%、好ましくは41.5~65重量%である。ここで、無機粒子(b2)が無機粒子(b2-0)および無機粒子(b2-1)の両方を含む場合、無機粒子(b2-0)と無機粒子(b2-1)との割合は、無機粒子(b2-0)および無機粒子(b2-1)の乾燥重量の合計を100重量%としたときに、無機粒子(b2-0)の量は通常0重量%を越え30重量%以下であり、無機粒子(b2-1)の量は通常100重量%未満且つ70重量%以上である。 The specific amount of the inorganic particles (b2) in the buffer layer (B) is usually 40 to 70% by weight, preferably 41.5 to 65% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). is there. Here, when the inorganic particles (b2) include both inorganic particles (b2-0) and inorganic particles (b2-1), the ratio of the inorganic particles (b2-0) to the inorganic particles (b2-1) is: When the total dry weight of the inorganic particles (b2-0) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) is 100% by weight, the amount of the inorganic particles (b2-0) is usually more than 0% by weight and 30% by weight or less. The amount of the inorganic particles (b2-1) is usually less than 100% by weight and 70% by weight or more.
 本発明において、緩衝層(B)を構成することになる上記多官能モノマー(b1)に対する無機粒子(b2)の割合は、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比として、通常0.9/1~2.2/1、好ましくは1.3/1~2.2/1の範囲にある。 In the present invention, the ratio of the inorganic particles (b2) to the polyfunctional monomer (b1) constituting the buffer layer (B) is the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1). The ratio with respect to the weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is usually 0.9 / 1 to 2.2 / 1, preferably 1.3 / 1 to 2.2 / 1.
 ここで、得られる積層体につき高い耐擦傷性が得られることから、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比は、ある程度大きいことが好ましい。また、上記組成物(A-1)との関係でも、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比は、上記組成物(A-1)中の上記無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比よりも大きいことが好ましい。 Here, since high scratch resistance is obtained for the obtained laminate, the ratio between the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is as follows. It is preferable that it is large to some extent. Also in the relationship with the composition (A-1), the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) in the composition (B-1) is The ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) in the product (A-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) is preferably larger.
 ここで、
  組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比と、
  上記組成物(A-1)中の上記無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比と
の比として好ましい範囲は、本発明の積層体の形成方法によっても異なる。
here,
A ratio of the weight of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) to the weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1);
The preferred range of the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) in the composition (A-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) depends on the method for forming a laminate of the present invention. Is also different.
 例えば、後記「積層体の製造方法」の項の工程(S5)で後述するように、組成物(B-1)の硬化に先立ち加熱を行う場合には、上記多官能モノマー(b1)に対する上記無機粒子(b2)の量が、当該加熱を行わない場合と比べて少なくても十分に高い硬度を有する積層体を得ることができる傾向にある。この場合、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比が、上記組成物(A-1)中の上記無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比の0.9倍程度より大きければ十分に高い硬度を有する積層体が得られる可能性もある。 For example, as will be described later in the step (S5) in the section “Production Method of Laminate” below, when heating is performed prior to the curing of the composition (B-1), the above-mentioned polyfunctional monomer (b1) is added. There is a tendency that a laminate having a sufficiently high hardness can be obtained even if the amount of the inorganic particles (b2) is small as compared with the case where the heating is not performed. In this case, the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) is the above-mentioned inorganic particles ( If it is larger than about 0.9 times the ratio of the content weight of a2) and the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1), a laminate having a sufficiently high hardness may be obtained.
 一方で組成物(B-1)の硬化に先立ち加熱を行わない場合は、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比が、上記組成物(A-1)中の上記無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比の2.2倍程度より大きいことが望ましい。 On the other hand, when heating is not performed prior to the curing of the composition (B-1), the weight of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the weight of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) The ratio is desirably larger than about 2.2 times the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) and the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) in the composition (A-1).
 ただ、水洗を繰り返した後の防曇性維持の点からは、当該加熱の有無にかかわらず、組成物(B-1)中の無機粒子(b2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量との比が、上記組成物(A-1)中の上記無機粒子(a2)の含有重量と上記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量との比より大きいことが好ましい傾向にある。 However, from the viewpoint of maintaining the antifogging property after repeated washing with water, the content of the inorganic particles (b2) in the composition (B-1) and the polyfunctional monomer (b1) regardless of the presence or absence of the heating. It is preferable that the ratio to the content weight of is greater than the ratio of the content weight of the inorganic particles (a2) to the content weight of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) in the composition (A-1).
 界面活性剤(b3)
 本発明で用いられる組成物(B-1)は、界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含むことができる。本発明の好適な態様において、界面活性剤(b3)は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有している。
Surfactant (b3)
The composition (B-1) used in the present invention can further contain a surfactant (b3). In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (b3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure.
 ここで、界面活性剤(b3)がポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する場合、本発明の典型的な態様において、界面活性剤(b3)は、アクリルポリマー構造やメタクリルポリマー構造を有さないことが好ましい。すなわち、界面活性剤(b3)は、下記式(AC1)~(AC2)で表される構造のいずれも有さないことが好ましい: Here, when the surfactant (b3) has a polyoxyalkylene structure, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, the surfactant (b3) preferably does not have an acrylic polymer structure or a methacrylic polymer structure. That is, the surfactant (b3) preferably does not have any of the structures represented by the following formulas (AC1) to (AC2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(上記式(AC1)および(AC2)中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In the above formulas (AC1) and (AC2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more).
 この場合、本発明で用いられる界面活性剤(b3)は、
  (i)ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する、(ii)上記式(AC1)~(AC2)で表される構造のいずれも有さない、という条件を満たす限り特に限定されず、従来公知の界面活性剤とすることができる。ただ、本発明では、界面活性剤(b3)として、通常、重合性を有さないもの、特に、分子中に不飽和結合を含まないものが用いられる。
In this case, the surfactant (b3) used in the present invention is
The surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the following conditions: (i) having a polyoxyalkylene structure, (ii) not having any of the structures represented by the above formulas (AC1) to (AC2) It can be. However, in the present invention, as the surfactant (b3), one having no polymerizable property, particularly one containing no unsaturated bond in the molecule is used.
 界面活性剤(b3)の具体的な構成は、上記「界面活性剤(a3)」の項で上述したものと同様とすることができる。本発明で好適に用いられる界面活性剤(b3)の1つとして、例えば、上記式(SS1)で表される構造を有するものが挙げられる。 The specific configuration of the surfactant (b3) can be the same as that described above in the section “Surfactant (a3)”. One of the surfactants (b3) suitably used in the present invention is, for example, one having a structure represented by the above formula (SS1).
 好適な界面活性剤(b3)の例として、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルケニルエーテル硫酸塩、および、これらの混合物などアニオン性親水基をさらに有する界面活性剤などが挙げられる。その具体例として、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸ナトリウムなどのポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸ナトリウムなどのポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩が挙げられる。 Examples of suitable surfactant (b3) include surfactants further having an anionic hydrophilic group such as polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether sulfate, and mixtures thereof. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate such as sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
 また、本発明で用いられる界面活性剤(b3)は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有するノニオン系界面活性剤であってもよく、その具体例として、ポリオキシアルキレンモノアルキルエーテルなどのポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンモノアルケニルエーテルなどのポリオキシアルキレンアルケニルエーテル、および、これらの混合物などが挙げられる。ここで、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルとして、ポリオキシアルキレン分岐デシルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンドデシルエーテル(ポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテル)、ポリオキシアルキレントリデシルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレンオレイルセチルエーテルが挙げられる。ここで、本発明の例示的な態様において、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルは、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルであり、その例として、ポリオキシエチレンイソデシルエーテルおよびポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテルが挙げられる。 The surfactant (b3) used in the present invention may be a nonionic surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkyl ethers. , Polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ethers such as polyoxyalkylene monoalkenyl ether, and mixtures thereof. Here, examples of the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether include polyoxyalkylene branched decyl ether, polyoxyalkylene dodecyl ether (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether), polyoxyalkylene tridecyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene oleyl cetyl ether. Here, in an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, and examples thereof include polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
 ここで、界面活性剤(b3)がアニオン性親水基を有する場合、当該アニオン性親水基は、界面活性剤(a3)を構成しうるアニオン性親水基と同様、遊離酸の形態でも、適当なカチオンとの塩の形態でもよいが、多くの場合、対応するナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、または、アンモニウム塩の形態を有している。このような塩のうち最も一般的なものとしてナトリウム塩が挙げられるが、アンモニウム塩などほかのカチオンとの塩の形態を界面活性剤(b3)が有することを妨げるものではない。 Here, when the surfactant (b3) has an anionic hydrophilic group, the anionic hydrophilic group is also suitable in the form of a free acid in the same manner as the anionic hydrophilic group that can constitute the surfactant (a3). Although it may be in the form of a salt with a cation, it often has the corresponding sodium, potassium or ammonium salt form. Among these salts, sodium salt is the most common, but this does not prevent the surfactant (b3) from having a salt form with other cations such as ammonium salt.
 本発明で用いうる界面活性剤(b3)は、1種単独であっても良く、あるいは、2種以上の組み合わせであっても良い。また、界面活性剤(b3)は、上記界面活性剤(a3)と同一であっても良く、あるいは、互いに異なっていても良い。 The surfactant (b3) that can be used in the present invention may be a single type or a combination of two or more types. The surfactant (b3) may be the same as the surfactant (a3) or may be different from each other.
 本発明において、組成物(B-1)は、界面活性剤(b3)を含まなくても良い。ただ、組成物(B-1)が界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含む場合、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少ない。
 緩衝層(B)における界面活性剤(b3)の具体的な量は、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は0重量%を越え1重量%以下、好ましくは0.3~0.6重量%である。
In the present invention, the composition (B-1) may not contain the surfactant (b3). However, when the composition (B-1) further contains a surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the composition (A- Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of 1).
The specific amount of the surfactant (b3) in the buffer layer (B) is usually more than 0% by weight and not more than 1% by weight, preferably 0.3% with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). ~ 0.6% by weight.
 その他の界面活性剤
 本発明で用いられる組成物(B-1)は、上記界面活性剤(b3)の有無にかかわらず、塗布膜のレベリング性付与、或いは表面親水性向上のため、上記界面活性剤(b3)に該当しないその他の界面活性剤(以下、「その他の界面活性剤」)をさらに含むことができる。ここで、組成物(B-1)が次述するアニオン性親水基含有モノマーをさらに含む場合、この「その他の界面活性剤」は、組成物(B-1)の硬化物を形成する際における当該アニオン性親水基含有モノマーの配向を制御するためにも用いられることがある。
Other Surfactant The composition (B-1) used in the present invention has the above-mentioned surfactant activity for imparting leveling properties to the coating film or improving surface hydrophilicity regardless of the presence or absence of the surfactant (b3). Other surfactants (hereinafter referred to as “other surfactants”) not corresponding to the agent (b3) can be further included. Here, when the composition (B-1) further contains an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer described below, this “other surfactant” is used when forming a cured product of the composition (B-1). It may also be used to control the orientation of the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer.
 この「その他の界面活性剤」は、上記界面活性剤(b3)に該当しない限り特に限定はなく、従来公知の界面活性剤であっても良い。「その他の界面活性剤」の例として、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸塩などポリオキシアルキレン構造、アクリルポリマー構造、および、メタクリルポリマー構造のいずれも有さない各種界面活性剤が挙げられる。 The “other surfactant” is not particularly limited as long as it does not correspond to the surfactant (b3), and may be a conventionally known surfactant. Examples of “other surfactants” include various surfactants having no polyoxyalkylene structure such as dialkylsulfosuccinate, acrylic polymer structure, and methacrylic polymer structure.
 緩衝層(B)における「その他の界面活性剤」の具体的な量は、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は0重量%を超え2重量%以下であり、好ましくは0.8~1.2重量%である。 The specific amount of “other surfactant” in the buffer layer (B) is usually more than 0% by weight and 2% by weight or less based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1), preferably 0.8 to 1.2% by weight.
 アニオン性親水基含有モノマー
 本発明で用いられる組成物(B-1)は、上記多官能モノマー(b1)とは別に、アニオン性親水基含有モノマーをさらに含むことができる。本発明で用いられる組成物(B-1)がアニオン性親水基含有モノマーをさらに含むと、緩衝層(B)が、当該アニオン性親水基含有モノマーに由来するアニオン性親水基を有することになる。これにより緩衝層(B)内に外部から水分子が進入しやすくなることから、上記貯蔵層(A)からの界面活性剤(a3)が緩衝層(B)内部に補充されやすくなり、本発明の積層体を水洗した後における当該積層体の防曇性が回復しやすくなる。そのため、本発明では、組成物(B-1)は、アニオン性親水基含有モノマーをさらに含むことが好ましい。なお、組成物(B-1)にアニオン性親水基含有モノマーが含まれる場合、このアニオン性親水基含有モノマーは、組成物(B-1)の硬化を通じて、上記多官能モノマー(b1)から変換されてなる重合体に組み込まれ、緩衝層(B)における重合体成分の一部となる。
Anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer The composition (B-1) used in the present invention may further contain an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer, in addition to the polyfunctional monomer (b1). When the composition (B-1) used in the present invention further contains an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer, the buffer layer (B) has an anionic hydrophilic group derived from the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer. . As a result, water molecules easily enter the buffer layer (B) from the outside, so that the surfactant (a3) from the storage layer (A) is easily replenished into the buffer layer (B), and the present invention. It becomes easy to recover the antifogging property of the laminate after washing the laminate. Therefore, in the present invention, the composition (B-1) preferably further contains an anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer. When the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer is contained in the composition (B-1), the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer is converted from the polyfunctional monomer (b1) through curing of the composition (B-1). Incorporated into the resulting polymer, it becomes part of the polymer component in the buffer layer (B).
 ここで、本発明で用いることのできるアニオン性親水基含有モノマーは、アニオン性親水基と(メタ)アクリロイル基など重合性炭素-炭素二重結合を有する官能基とを有する化合物である。このような化合物の例として、国際公開第2007/064003号公報に化合物(I)として例示された化合物などが挙げられ、その好適な例として、3-スルホプロピルアクリレートカリウム等が挙げられる。
 緩衝層(B)におけるアニオン性親水基含有モノマーの具体的な量は、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は1~5重量%、好ましくは3~4重量%である。
Here, the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer that can be used in the present invention is a compound having an anionic hydrophilic group and a functional group having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond such as a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples of such compounds include compounds exemplified as Compound (I) in International Publication No. 2007/064003, and preferred examples thereof include potassium 3-sulfopropyl acrylate.
The specific amount of the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer in the buffer layer (B) is usually 1 to 5% by weight, preferably 3 to 4% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). .
 光安定剤
 本発明で用いられる組成物(B-1)は、光安定剤をさらに含むことが好ましい。本発明で用いることのできる光安定剤として、紫外線吸収剤およびヒンダードアミン光安定剤が挙げられる。
Light Stabilizer The composition (B-1) used in the present invention preferably further contains a light stabilizer. Examples of the light stabilizer that can be used in the present invention include an ultraviolet absorber and a hindered amine light stabilizer.
 上記紫外線吸収剤は特に限定はされず、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾエート系紫外線吸収剤、プロパンジオック酸エステル系紫外線吸収剤、オキサニリド系紫外線吸収剤等の種々の紫外線吸収剤を用いることができる。 The ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited. For example, a benzotriazole ultraviolet absorber, a triazine ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone ultraviolet absorber, a benzoate ultraviolet absorber, a propanedioic acid ester ultraviolet absorber, or an oxanilide type. Various ultraviolet absorbers such as an ultraviolet absorber can be used.
 一方、上記ヒンダードアミン光安定剤(Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers:略称HALS)は、通常、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン骨格を有する化合物の総称であり、分子量により、低分子量HALS、中分子量HALS、高分子量HALS及び反応型HALSに大別される。ヒンダードアミン光安定剤としては、例えば、アデカスタブLA-72、チヌビン123等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, the hindered amine light stabilizer (Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers: abbreviated as HALS) is a general term for compounds having a 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine skeleton. These are roughly classified into high molecular weight HALS and reactive HALS. Examples of the hindered amine light stabilizer include ADK STAB LA-72, Tinuvin 123 and the like.
 緩衝層(B)における光安定剤の具体的な含有量は、耐光性が充分に確保できるよう、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して3重量%以上であることが好ましい。すなわち、緩衝層(B)は、光安定剤を、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して3重量%以上含むことが好ましい。一方、光安定剤の含有量の上限については、光安定剤が組成物(B-1)中に適切に分散し且つ防曇性を損ねない限り特に限定はないものの、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して4重量%以下であることが好ましい。 The specific content of the light stabilizer in the buffer layer (B) is preferably 3% by weight or more based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) so that sufficient light resistance can be secured. That is, the buffer layer (B) preferably contains 3% by weight or more of the light stabilizer with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1). On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the light stabilizer is not particularly limited as long as the light stabilizer is appropriately dispersed in the composition (B-1) and does not impair the antifogging property. ) Is preferably 4% by weight or less based on the total dry weight.
 緩衝層(B)の構成
 本発明において、緩衝層(B)は、上記多官能モノマー(b1)、上記無機粒子(b2)およびオプショナルの上記界面活性剤(b3)を含む組成物(B-1)を硬化させることにより得ることができる。すなわち、緩衝層(B)は、組成物(B-1)の硬化物である。
Configuration of Buffer Layer (B) In the present invention, the buffer layer (B) is a composition (B-1) containing the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), and the optional surfactant (b3). ) Can be obtained by curing. That is, the buffer layer (B) is a cured product of the composition (B-1).
 本発明における緩衝層(B)の形状は、板状でも膜状でもよい。ただ、本発明において、緩衝層(B)が十分に高い硬度および十分な耐擦傷性を発揮できるよう、緩衝層(B)の厚さは1μm以上であることが好ましく、1.8μm以上であることがより好ましい。
一方、緩衝層(B)の厚さの上限は、本発明の積層体の機能を損ねない限り特に限定はないものの、通常10μm以下であり、4μm以下であることが好ましい。
 なお、緩衝層(B)を形成する際の具体的な条件等は、後記「積層体の製造方法」の項で後述する。
The buffer layer (B) in the present invention may have a plate shape or a film shape. However, in the present invention, the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is preferably 1 μm or more and 1.8 μm or more so that the buffer layer (B) can exhibit sufficiently high hardness and sufficient scratch resistance. It is more preferable.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is not particularly limited as long as the function of the laminate of the present invention is not impaired, but is usually 10 μm or less, and preferably 4 μm or less.
The specific conditions for forming the buffer layer (B) will be described later in the section of “Laminated body manufacturing method”.
 <基材>
 本発明の積層体において用いられる基材としては、例えば、ガラス、シリカ、金属、金属酸化物等の無機材料からなる基材、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)、ポリカーボネート、ポリアリルカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリアセチルセルロース(TAC)、アクリロニトリル・ブタジエン・スチレン共重合体(ABS)、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン、ポリウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、紙、パルプ等の有機材料からなる基材、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂と炭酸カルシウムなどの充填材とガラス繊維などを複合したSMCおよびBMCなどの有機無機基材、並びにこれらの無機材料、有機材料、さらには有機無機複合材料からなる基材の表面に塗装が施された、塗料硬化物層を有する基材等が挙げられる。
<Base material>
Examples of the substrate used in the laminate of the present invention include a substrate made of an inorganic material such as glass, silica, metal, metal oxide, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polycarbonate, polyallyl carbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, poly Organics such as acetylcellulose (TAC), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS), polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, poly (meth) acrylate resin, vinyl chloride resin, silicone resin, paper, pulp, etc. Base materials made of materials, organic inorganic base materials such as SMC and BMC in which unsaturated polyester resin and filler such as calcium carbonate and glass fiber are combined, and these inorganic materials, organic materials, and organic-inorganic composite materials Become Coating the surface of the wood has been subjected, a substrate or the like having a coating cured layer.
 また、これら基材表面は必要に応じて、基材表面を活性化することを目的に、コロナ処理、オゾン処理、酸素ガスもしくは窒素ガス等を用いた低温プラズマ処理、グロー放電処理、化学薬品等による酸化処理、火炎処理等の物理的または化学的処理を施すこともできる。またこれら処理に替えてあるいはこれら処理に加えてプライマー処理、アンダーコート処理、アンカーコート処理を施してもよい。 In addition, for the purpose of activating the substrate surface, these substrate surfaces are activated, as necessary, by corona treatment, ozone treatment, low temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas or nitrogen gas, glow discharge treatment, chemicals, etc. A physical or chemical treatment such as an oxidation treatment or a flame treatment can be performed. In addition to or in addition to these treatments, primer treatment, undercoat treatment, and anchor coat treatment may be performed.
 上記プライマー処理、アンダーコート処理、アンカーコート処理に用いるコート剤としては、例えば、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリウレタン系樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂、ポリエチレンおよびポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系樹脂またはその共重合体ないし変性樹脂、セルロース系樹脂等の樹脂をビヒクルの主成分とするコート剤を用いることができる。ここで用いられるコート剤は、本発明が属する分野において通常用いられる従来公知のものであっても良く、コート剤の塗布も、公知の塗装方法により行うことができる。基材へのコート剤の塗布量は、乾燥状態で、通常0.5μm~10μmである。 Examples of the coating agent used in the primer treatment, undercoat treatment, and anchor coat treatment include, for example, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyurethane resins, epoxy resins, phenol resins, (meth) acrylic resins, and polyvinyl acetate resins. A coating agent containing a resin, a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene, or a copolymer or modified resin thereof, a resin such as a cellulose resin as a main component of the vehicle can be used. The coating agent used here may be a conventionally known coating agent usually used in the field to which the present invention belongs, and the coating agent can also be applied by a known coating method. The coating amount of the coating agent on the substrate is usually 0.5 μm to 10 μm in a dry state.
 <積層体の構成>
 上述した通り、本発明に係る積層体は、上記基材と、上記貯蔵層(A)と、上記緩衝層(B)とをこの順で含んでいる。ここで、本発明に係る積層体に含まれる上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)は、それぞれ、1層のみであってもよく、あるいは、2層以上であってもよいが、当該貯蔵層(A)と、当該緩衝層(B)とは互いに直に接している必要がある。
 本発明の積層体において、上記緩衝層(B)の厚さに対する上記貯蔵層(A)の厚さの比(膜厚比)は、水洗後における防曇性および親水性を十分に高く確保する観点からは、一定以上であることが好ましく、具体的には、通常1.3以上、好ましくは1.5以上、さらに好ましくは1.7以上である。一方、前記膜厚比の上限については、本発明を実用上適切に実施できる限り特に限定はないものの、通常15以下、好ましくは5以下、さらに好ましくは3.5以下である。本発明の典型的な態様において、前記膜厚比は、通常1.3~15、好ましくは1.5~5、さらに好ましくは1.7~3.5の範囲にある。前記膜厚比がこのような範囲内にあると、本発明の積層体は水洗後においても高い防曇性および高い親水性を有利に維持できる傾向にあり、好ましい。
<Configuration of laminate>
As described above, the laminate according to the present invention includes the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order. Here, each of the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) included in the laminate according to the present invention may be only one layer, or may be two or more layers, The storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) need to be in direct contact with each other.
In the laminate of the present invention, the ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) (film thickness ratio) ensures sufficiently high antifogging properties and hydrophilicity after washing with water. From the viewpoint, it is preferably a certain value or more, specifically, usually 1.3 or more, preferably 1.5 or more, and more preferably 1.7 or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the film thickness ratio is not particularly limited as long as the present invention can be practiced appropriately, but is usually 15 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3.5 or less. In a typical embodiment of the present invention, the film thickness ratio is usually in the range of 1.3 to 15, preferably 1.5 to 5, and more preferably 1.7 to 3.5. When the film thickness ratio is in such a range, the laminate of the present invention tends to advantageously maintain high antifogging properties and high hydrophilicity even after washing with water, which is preferable.
 ここで、本発明における好ましい態様の1つでは、この積層体は、上記基材と、上記貯蔵層(A)と、上記緩衝層(B)とのみからなる。しかし、本発明の積層体は、これらの態様のものに限られるものではなく、上記基材、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)に加えて、上記基材、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)のいずれでもないその他の層を更に有していてもよい。 Here, in one of preferred embodiments of the present invention, the laminate is composed of only the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B). However, the laminate of the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and in addition to the substrate, the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), the substrate and the storage layer ( You may further have other layers which are not any of A) and the said buffer layer (B).
 その他の層
 本発明の積層体は、上記基材、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)に加えて、上記基材、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)のいずれでもないその他の層(以下、「その他の層」)を更に有していてもよい。
Other layers In addition to the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B), the laminate of the present invention includes any of the base material, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B). However, it may further have other layers (hereinafter, “other layers”).
 このような「その他の層」として、プライマー層、ハードコート層、粘着層、などが挙げられる。
 ここで、プライマー層は、接着剤(プライマー)からなる層であり、この層を挟むように位置する2つの層の間の接着性を向上させるために採用されることがある。例えば、基材が、ポリジエチレングリコールジアリルカーボネート、ポリジアリルカーボネートなどの場合には、上記基材と、上記貯槽層(A)との間にプライマー層を存在させることもある。さらにプライマー層を存在させた際は、上記貯蔵層(A)に含まれる界面活性剤(a3)が上記プライマーに侵入することを防ぐ目的で、上記貯蔵層(A)を2層にすることもある。この場合、上記貯蔵層(A)を、上記「貯蔵層(A0)」と上記「貯蔵層(A1)」との2層構成とし、そのうちの「貯蔵層(A0)」を保護層(P)とすることになる。
Examples of such “other layers” include a primer layer, a hard coat layer, and an adhesive layer.
Here, the primer layer is a layer made of an adhesive (primer), and may be employed to improve the adhesion between two layers positioned so as to sandwich this layer. For example, when the substrate is polydiethylene glycol diallyl carbonate, polydiallyl carbonate, or the like, a primer layer may be present between the substrate and the storage tank layer (A). Furthermore, when the primer layer is present, the storage layer (A) may be made into two layers for the purpose of preventing the surfactant (a3) contained in the storage layer (A) from entering the primer. is there. In this case, the storage layer (A) has a two-layer structure of the “storage layer (A0)” and the “storage layer (A1)”, and the “storage layer (A0)” is the protective layer (P). Will be.
 また、ハードコート層は、従来技術においてハードコート層として供される層と同様の層であり、硬度向上を目的として形成されうる。本発明の積層体は、ハードコート層を、上記基材の直上に有していてもよい。 Further, the hard coat layer is the same layer as the layer provided as the hard coat layer in the prior art, and can be formed for the purpose of improving the hardness. The laminate of the present invention may have a hard coat layer directly on the substrate.
 また、本発明の積層体は、ほかの物体への貼り付けが可能となるよう、上記基材の、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を有する側とは反対側に粘着層を有していてもよい。 In addition, the laminate of the present invention has an adhesive layer on the side of the substrate opposite to the side having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) so that it can be attached to other objects. You may have.
 これらの層についての、形成方法を含めた詳細な説明は、下記「積層体の製造方法」で後述する。
 本発明の積層体が「その他の層」を含む場合の具体的な例示態様について触れると、例えば、本発明の好適な態様の1つでは、本発明の積層体は、上記基材と、プライマー層と、上記貯蔵層(A)と、上記緩衝層(B)とをこの順で含んでいる。
Detailed description of these layers, including the formation method, will be described later in “Laminated body manufacturing method” below.
When mentioning a specific exemplary embodiment in which the laminate of the present invention includes "other layers", for example, in one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, the laminate of the present invention comprises the above-described substrate, primer A layer, the storage layer (A), and the buffer layer (B) in this order.
 <積層体の製造方法>
 本発明の積層体の典型的な製造方法を以下に記載する。
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、
 (S1):前記基材を含む層の少なくとも一方の面に対して、
  前記多官能モノマー(a1)、
  前記無機粒子(a2)、
  前記界面活性剤(a3)、および
  溶媒(a4)
を含む組成物(A-1a)の塗布物層(A2)を設ける工程、
 (S2):前記工程(S1)で得られた塗布物層(A2)から前記溶媒(a4)を除去する工程、
 (S3):前記工程(S2)の後に、塗布物層(A2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(A2)を硬化物層(A2')に変換する工程、
 (S4):前記工程(S3)の後に、前記硬化物層(A2')上に、
  前記多官能モノマー(b1)、
  前記無機粒子(b2)、および
  溶媒(b4)
を含む組成物(B-1a)の塗布物層(B2)を設ける工程、
 (S5):前記工程(S4)で得られた塗布物層(B2)から前記溶媒(b4)を除去する工程、および
 (S6):前記工程(S5)の後に、塗布物層(B2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(B2)を硬化物層(B2')に変換する工程、
を含む。
<Method for producing laminate>
The typical manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is described below.
The method for producing the laminate of the present invention comprises:
(S1): For at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate,
The polyfunctional monomer (a1),
The inorganic particles (a2),
The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4)
Providing a coated layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing:
(S2): A step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1),
(S3): After the step (S2), the coating layer (A2) is cured, and the coating layer (A2) is converted into a cured layer (A2 ′).
(S4): After the step (S3), on the cured product layer (A2 ′),
The polyfunctional monomer (b1),
The inorganic particles (b2), and the solvent (b4)
Providing a coated layer (B2) of the composition (B-1a) containing:
(S5): a step of removing the solvent (b4) from the coating layer (B2) obtained in the step (S4), and (S6): after the step (S5), the coating layer (B2) Curing, converting the coated layer (B2) into a cured layer (B2 ′),
including.
 工程(S1)
 本発明の製造方法において、工程(S1)は、前記基材を含む層の少なくとも一方の面に対して、
  前記多官能モノマー(a1)、
  前記無機粒子(a2)、
  前記界面活性剤(a3)、および
  溶媒(a4)
を含む組成物(A-1a)の塗布物層(A2)を設ける工程である。
Step (S1)
In the production method of the present invention, the step (S1) is performed on at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate.
The polyfunctional monomer (a1),
The inorganic particles (a2),
The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4)
A coating layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing
 ここで、「多官能モノマー(a1)」、「無機粒子(a2)」および「界面活性剤(a3)」として、それぞれ、上記「貯蔵層(A)」の項で上述した「多官能モノマー(a1)」、「無機粒子(a2)」、および、「界面活性剤(a3)」がそれぞれ用いられ、それぞれの配合量も、上記「貯蔵層(A)」の項で上述した量とすることができる。また、「基材」として、上記「基材」の項で上述した基材が用いられる。 Here, as the “polyfunctional monomer (a1)”, “inorganic particles (a2)” and “surfactant (a3)”, the “polyfunctional monomer (A)” described above in the section “Storage layer (A)”, respectively. a1) ”,“ inorganic particles (a2) ”, and“ surfactant (a3) ”are used, respectively, and the amount of each is also the amount described above in the section“ Storage layer (A) ”. Can do. Further, as the “base material”, the base material described above in the section “Base material” is used.
 一方、「溶媒(a4)」は、それ自体では上記貯蔵層(A)の必須成分でなく、したがって、組成物(A-1)の必須成分でもない。しかし、本発明の典型的な態様において、上記貯蔵層(A)を製造する際に、上記組成物(A-1)を塗布する工程が行われる。したがって、上記組成物(A-1)が塗布に適した形態となるよう、溶媒(a4)が用いられるのである。ここで、本明細書において、上記組成物(A-1)のうち溶媒(a4)を含むものを「組成物(A-1a)」と呼ぶことにする。 On the other hand, “solvent (a4)” is not an essential component of the storage layer (A) by itself, and therefore is not an essential component of the composition (A-1). However, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, when the storage layer (A) is produced, a step of applying the composition (A-1) is performed. Therefore, the solvent (a4) is used so that the composition (A-1) is in a form suitable for coating. Here, in the present specification, the composition (A-1) containing the solvent (a4) is referred to as “composition (A-1a)”.
 溶媒(a4)は、種類は限定されないが、硬化して貯蔵層(A)を形成する組成物(A-1a)の各成分が分離しない溶媒が好ましい。例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール、t-ブタノール、n-ペンタノール、イソペンタノール、n-ヘキサノール、n-オクタノール、2-エチル-ヘキサノール、2-メトキシエタノール、2-エトキシエタノール、2-n-プロポキシエタノール、2-イソプロポキシエタノール、2-ブトキシエタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-n-プロポキシ-2-プロパノール、1-イソプロポキシ-2-プロパノール、シクロヘキサノール等のアルコール類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、アセトニトリル等のニトリル類、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-プロピル、酢酸-n-ブチル等のエステル類、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン類、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド類、および水が挙げられる。組成物(A-1a)を構成する溶媒(a4)としては、これら中では、アルコール類、ケトン類、およびアルコール類とケトン類の混合溶媒が好ましい。これらの溶媒は1種単独であっても良く、2種以上を組み合わせて用いても良い。 The type of the solvent (a4) is not limited, but a solvent that does not separate the components of the composition (A-1a) that is cured to form the storage layer (A) is preferable. For example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, t-butanol, n-pentanol, isopentanol, n-hexanol, n-octanol, 2-ethyl-hexanol, 2-methoxyethanol 2-ethoxyethanol, 2-n-propoxyethanol, 2-isopropoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-n-propoxy-2-propanol, Alcohols such as 1-isopropoxy-2-propanol and cyclohexanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane, nitriles such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, n-butyl acetate Esters, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N- dimethylacetamide amides such as, and water. As the solvent (a4) constituting the composition (A-1a), alcohols, ketones, and mixed solvents of alcohols and ketones are preferable. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ここで、組成物(A-1a)は、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)、上記界面活性剤(a3)、および上記溶媒(a4)等を混合することにより得ることができる。このとき、上記溶媒(a4)は、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)、および上記界面活性剤(a3)等とは別個に加えられても良く、あるいは、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)、および上記界面活性剤(a3)等のうちの1以上とともに加えられても良い。例えば、上記無機粒子(a2)がゾルまたはスラリーの形態で用いられる場合において、当該ゾルまたはスラリーを構成する溶媒が、上記溶媒(a4)を構成することになっても良い。また、上記界面活性剤(a3)等が溶液の形で用いられる場合において、当該溶液を構成する溶媒が、上記溶媒(a4)を構成することになっても良い。 Here, the composition (A-1a) can be obtained by mixing the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), the solvent (a4) and the like. it can. At this time, the solvent (a4) may be added separately from the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), or the like. Alternatively, the polyfunctional monomer It may be added together with one or more of (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the surfactant (a3). For example, when the inorganic particles (a2) are used in the form of sol or slurry, the solvent constituting the sol or slurry may constitute the solvent (a4). Moreover, when the said surfactant (a3) etc. are used in the form of a solution, the solvent which comprises the said solution may comprise the said solvent (a4).
 また、組成物(A-1a)には、後述する工程(S3)に備えて、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)、上記界面活性剤(a3)、および上記溶媒(a4)に加えて、従来公知の光重合開始剤または熱重合開始剤が適宜添加されていても良い。 The composition (A-1a) includes the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), the surfactant (a3), and the solvent (a4) in preparation for the step (S3) described later. In addition, a conventionally known photopolymerization initiator or thermal polymerization initiator may be appropriately added.
 ここで、上記組成物(A-1a)に添加することのできる光重合開始剤としては、光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤、および光アニオン重合開始剤等が挙げられるが、これら光重合開始剤の中でも、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。 Here, examples of the photopolymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a) include a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoanionic polymerization initiator. Among the polymerization initiators, a radical photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
 上記光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤が使用可能であり、例えば、イルガキュアー127(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、イルガキュアー184(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、ダロキュアー1173(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、イルガキュアー500(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、イルガキュアー819(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、ダロキュアーTPO(チバ・スペシャリティー・ケミカルズ社製)、エサキュアーONE(ランベルティー社製)、エサキュアーKIP100F(ランベルティー社製)、エサキュアーKT37(ランベルティー社製)およびエサキュアーKTO46(ランベルティー社製)等が挙げられる。 As the photo radical polymerization initiator, known photo radical polymerization initiators can be used. For example, Irgacure 127 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), Irgacure 184 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) ), Darocur 1173 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), Irgacure 500 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), Irgacure 819 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), Darocur TPO (Ciba Specialty Chemicals) -Chemicals), Esacure ONE (Lamberti), Esacure KIP100F (Lamberti), Esacure KT37 (Lamberti), Esacure KTO46 (Lamberti), etc. .
 一方、光カチオン重合開始剤、および光アニオン重合開始剤についても、同様に、公知の光カチオン重合開始剤および公知の光アニオン重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 また上記光重合開始剤を使用する場合には、光重合促進剤を併用してもよい。光重合促進剤としては、例えば、2,2-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5'-テトラフェニル-2'H-<1,2'>ビイミダゾルイル、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタン、4,4'-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、カンファーキノン等が挙げられる。
On the other hand, also about a photocationic polymerization initiator and a photoanion polymerization initiator, a well-known photocationic polymerization initiator and a well-known photoanion polymerization initiator can be used similarly.
Moreover, when using the said photoinitiator, you may use a photoinitiator together. Examples of the photopolymerization accelerator include 2,2-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5′-tetraphenyl-2′H- <1,2 ′> biimidazolol, tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane, Examples include 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, camphorquinone, and the like.
 一方、組成物(A-1a)に添加することのできる熱重合開始剤としては、公知の熱重合開始剤が使用可能である。熱重合開始剤の例として、ケトンパーオキサイド類、ジアシルパーオキサイド類、ジアルキルパーオキサイド類、パーオキシケタール類、アルキルパーエステル類、パーカボネート類等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, as the thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a), a known thermal polymerization initiator can be used. Examples of thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides, diacyl peroxides, dialkyl peroxides, peroxyketals, alkyl peresters, percarbonates, and the like.
 上記光重合開始剤、光重合促進剤、および熱重合開始剤の使用量は、組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は1~5重量%、好ましくは2~3重量%である。
 貯蔵層(A)を塗布により形成する際、貯蔵層(A)の厚さは、組成物(A-1a)に含有される溶媒(a4)の量を加減することにより調整することができる。ここで、上記「貯蔵層(A)の構成」で上述したように、貯蔵層(A)の厚さが薄すぎると、積層体を水洗した後に十分な防曇性が発揮できない場合がある。したがって、組成物(A-1a)100重量部あたりに占める当該組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量は、得られる貯蔵層(A)が十分な厚さを有することができるよう、通常46重量部以上であり、55重量部以上であることが好ましい。一方、組成物(A-1a)100重量部あたりに占める当該組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量は、100重量部未満であるところ、塗布に必要な流動性が得られるよう、65重量部以下であることが好ましい。
The amount of the photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization accelerator, and thermal polymerization initiator used is usually 1 to 5% by weight, preferably 2 to 3% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a). It is.
When forming the storage layer (A) by coating, the thickness of the storage layer (A) can be adjusted by adjusting the amount of the solvent (a4) contained in the composition (A-1a). Here, as described above in “Structure of storage layer (A)”, if the thickness of the storage layer (A) is too thin, sufficient anti-fogging property may not be exhibited after the laminate is washed with water. Accordingly, the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is usually 46 so that the resulting storage layer (A) can have a sufficient thickness. It is preferably at least 55 parts by weight. On the other hand, the total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is less than 100 parts by weight so that the fluidity necessary for coating can be obtained. Part or less.
 なお、組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量とは、例えば、組成物(A-1a)が、上記多官能モノマー(a1)、上記無機粒子(a2)と第1の溶媒とからなる無機粒子ゾル、上記界面活性剤(a3)、上記光重合開始剤、および、第2の溶媒からなる場合、当該多官能モノマー(a1)と当該無機粒子(a2)と当該界面活性剤(a3)と当該光重合開始剤との合計の重量を指す。 The total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) is, for example, an inorganic composition composed of the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the first solvent. When composed of a particle sol, the surfactant (a3), the photopolymerization initiator, and a second solvent, the polyfunctional monomer (a1), the inorganic particles (a2), and the surfactant (a3) It refers to the total weight of the photopolymerization initiator.
 上記基材への組成物(A-1a)の塗布は、従来公知の方法により適宜行うことができる。そのような塗布方法の例として、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、スプレーコート法、流し塗り法、刷毛塗り法、グラビアコート法、リバースロールコート法、ナイフコート法、キスコート法などが挙げられる。この塗布により、組成物(A-1a)の塗布物層(A2)が得られる。 Application of the composition (A-1a) to the substrate can be appropriately performed by a conventionally known method. Examples of such coating methods include spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, flow coating, brush coating, gravure coating, reverse roll coating, knife coating, and kiss coating. By this coating, a coated layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) is obtained.
 ここで、工程(S1)に先立ち、密着性を向上させるために基材と上記貯蔵層(A)との間に接着剤(プライマー)を塗布して積層してもよいし、基材の表面をプラズマ処理、コロナ処理、およびポリシング等の表面処理を施しても良い。また、硬度向上を目的として、ハードコートされた材料を基材として用いても良いし、基材に公知の方法によりハードコート層を積層して、その上に上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を形成しても良い。さらにその他の機能を付与する目的で、基材と貯蔵層(A)との間に上記以外の物質を積層してもよい。さらに、例えば、最外層の表面エネルギーを制御する目的で最外層の緩衝層(B)に表面処理を行ったり、最外層の緩衝層(B)と反応性を有する化合物等でグラフト処理を施してもよい。 Here, prior to the step (S1), an adhesive (primer) may be applied and laminated between the base material and the storage layer (A) in order to improve adhesion, or the surface of the base material. May be subjected to surface treatment such as plasma treatment, corona treatment and polishing. In addition, for the purpose of improving hardness, a hard-coated material may be used as a base material, or a hard coat layer is laminated on the base material by a known method, and the storage layer (A) and the buffer are formed thereon. A layer (B) may be formed. Furthermore, for the purpose of imparting other functions, substances other than those described above may be laminated between the base material and the storage layer (A). Further, for example, the outermost buffer layer (B) may be subjected to a surface treatment for the purpose of controlling the surface energy of the outermost layer, or a graft treatment may be performed with a compound having reactivity with the outermost buffer layer (B). Also good.
 ハードコート付のプラスチック製基材の場合、最初にその表面を研磨剤で磨き、洗浄乾燥後にコロナ処理等の表面処理を施して濡れ性を向上する。次いでハードコート層と貯蔵層(A)との接着性を向上させるために公知のプライマーを公知の塗布方法(スピンコート、ディップコート、スプレーコート、流し塗り、刷毛塗り等)で塗装し、乾燥後、上記組成物(A-1a)を上記と同様に塗布することにより塗布物層(A2)を形成することができる。 In the case of a plastic substrate with a hard coat, the surface is first polished with an abrasive, and after washing and drying, surface treatment such as corona treatment is performed to improve wettability. Next, in order to improve the adhesion between the hard coat layer and the storage layer (A), a known primer is applied by a known application method (spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, flow coating, brush coating, etc.), and after drying The coated layer (A2) can be formed by coating the composition (A-1a) in the same manner as described above.
 いずれにしても、この工程(S1)により、基材と上記塗布物層(A2)とを有する前駆積層体(PL1)が得られる。この前駆積層体(PL1)は、次述する工程(S2)に供される。 In any case, by this step (S1), a precursor laminate (PL1) having a base material and the coated product layer (A2) is obtained. This precursor laminate (PL1) is subjected to the step (S2) described below.
 工程(S2)
 工程(S2)は、前記工程(S1)で得られた塗布物層(A2)から前記溶媒(a4)を除去する工程である。
Step (S2)
Step (S2) is a step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1).
 基材への組成物(A-1a)の塗布後、重合硬化直前に残存する溶媒については、残存量が多いと基材との密着性が低下する傾向にある。このため組成物(A-1a)中の残存溶媒は少ない方が好ましい傾向にある。したがって、重合硬化に先立ち、塗布物層(A2)から前記溶媒(a4)を除去するのである。 After the application of the composition (A-1a) to the base material, the solvent remaining immediately before the polymerization and curing tends to reduce the adhesion to the base material when the residual amount is large. For this reason, it is preferable that the residual solvent in the composition (A-1a) is small. Therefore, prior to polymerization and curing, the solvent (a4) is removed from the coated layer (A2).
 この工程(S2)は、前記工程(S1)によって得られた前駆積層体(PL1)を自然乾燥させることによって行ってもよく、あるいは、前記工程(S1)によって得られた前駆積層体(PL1)を加熱することによって行ってもよい。 This step (S2) may be performed by naturally drying the precursor laminate (PL1) obtained in the step (S1), or the precursor laminate (PL1) obtained in the step (S1). You may carry out by heating.
 工程(S3)
 工程(S3)は、前記工程(S2)の後に、塗布物層(A2)の硬化を行う工程である。
 塗布物層(A2)の硬化は、典型的には、放射線照射または加熱によって行うことができる。
Step (S3)
The step (S3) is a step of curing the coated layer (A2) after the step (S2).
Curing of the coated layer (A2) can typically be performed by irradiation or heating.
 ここで、放射線照射、例えば、紫外線(UV)照射により、組成物(A-1a)を重合硬化させる場合には、塗布物層(A2)として、通常、光重合開始剤を含むものを用いる。この場合、上記工程(S1)で製造する組成物(A-1a)には、前述した光重合開始剤を添加しておくことになる。 Here, when the composition (A-1a) is polymerized and cured by radiation irradiation, for example, ultraviolet (UV) irradiation, a coating layer (A2) usually containing a photopolymerization initiator is used. In this case, the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator is added to the composition (A-1a) produced in the step (S1).
 放射線を用いて上記組成物(A-1a)を重合する場合、放射線としては波長領域が0.0001~800nm範囲のエネルギー線を用いることができる。上記放射線は、α線、β線、γ線、X線、電子線、紫外線、可視光等に分類されており、上記組成物(A-1a)の組成に応じて適宜選択して使用できる。これら放射線の中でも紫外線が好ましく、紫外線の出力ピークは、好ましくは200~450nmの範囲、より好ましくは230~445nmの範囲、さらに好ましくは240~430nm範囲、特に好ましくは250~400nmの範囲である。上記出力ピークの範囲の紫外線を用いた場合には、重合時の黄変及び熱変形等の不具合が少なく、且つ紫外線吸収剤を添加した場合も比較的に短時間で重合を完結できる。放射線の照射時間は、適宜設定することができる。 When the composition (A-1a) is polymerized using radiation, energy rays having a wavelength range of 0.0001 to 800 nm can be used as the radiation. The radiation is classified into α rays, β rays, γ rays, X rays, electron rays, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and the like, and can be appropriately selected and used according to the composition of the composition (A-1a). Among these radiations, ultraviolet rays are preferable, and the output peak of ultraviolet rays is preferably in the range of 200 to 450 nm, more preferably in the range of 230 to 445 nm, still more preferably in the range of 240 to 430 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 250 to 400 nm. When ultraviolet rays in the above output peak range are used, there are few problems such as yellowing and thermal deformation during polymerization, and the polymerization can be completed in a relatively short time even when an ultraviolet absorber is added. The irradiation time of radiation can be set as appropriate.
 熱によって重合する場合、塗布物層(A2)として、通常、有機過酸化物等の熱重合開始剤を含むものを用いる。この場合、上記工程(S1)で製造する組成物(A-1a)には、前述した熱重合開始剤を添加しておくことになる。 When the polymerization is carried out by heat, the coated layer (A2) usually contains a thermal polymerization initiator such as an organic peroxide. In this case, the above-described thermal polymerization initiator is added to the composition (A-1a) produced in the step (S1).
 熱によって上記組成物(A-1a)を重合する場合、室温から150℃以下の範囲で加熱する。この場合の加熱時間は、適宜設定することができる。
 上記重合は大気下で行うこともできるが、窒素等の不活性ガス雰囲気下で行った場合は重合時間を短縮できる点で好ましい。
When the composition (A-1a) is polymerized by heat, it is heated in the range of room temperature to 150 ° C. or less. The heating time in this case can be set as appropriate.
The above polymerization can be carried out in the air, but it is preferable in that the polymerization time can be shortened when carried out in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen.
 以上のような放射線照射または加熱により、塗布物層(A2)に含まれる多官能モノマー(a1)等の重合反応が進行し、対応する重合体に変換される。その結果、塗布物層(A2)は、このような重合体を含む硬化物層(A2')に変換されることになる。言い換えると、この工程(S3)により、基材と硬化物層(A2')とを有する前駆積層体(PL3)が得られる。この前駆積層体(PL3)は、次述する工程(S4)に供される。 By the irradiation or heating as described above, the polymerization reaction of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) contained in the coated layer (A2) proceeds and is converted into a corresponding polymer. As a result, the coated product layer (A2) is converted into a cured product layer (A2 ′) containing such a polymer. In other words, by this step (S3), a precursor laminate (PL3) having a base material and a cured product layer (A2 ′) is obtained. This precursor laminate (PL3) is subjected to the step (S4) described below.
 工程(S4)
 工程(S4)は、前記工程(S3)の後に、前記硬化物層(A2')上に、
  前記多官能モノマー(b1)、
  前記無機粒子(b2)、および
  溶媒(b4)
を含む組成物(B-1a)の塗布物層(B2)を設ける工程である。
Step (S4)
In the step (S4), after the step (S3), on the cured product layer (A2 ′),
The polyfunctional monomer (b1),
The inorganic particles (b2), and the solvent (b4)
A coating layer (B2) of the composition (B-1a) containing
 ここで、「多官能モノマー(b1)」および「無機粒子(b2)」として、それぞれ、上記「緩衝層(B)」の項で上述した「多官能モノマー(b1)」および「無機粒子(b2)」がそれぞれ用いられる。 Here, as “polyfunctional monomer (b1)” and “inorganic particle (b2)”, “polyfunctional monomer (b1)” and “inorganic particle (b2)” described above in the section of “buffer layer (B)”, respectively. ) "Is used.
 組成物(B-1a)には、上記「緩衝層(B)」の項で上述した「界面活性剤(b3)」を含んでいても含まなくても良い。ただ、組成物(B-1a)が界面活性剤(b3)を含む場合、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少なくする。また、組成物(B-1a)には、上記「緩衝層(B)」の項で上述した「その他の界面活性剤」、「アニオン性親水基含有モノマー」、「光安定剤」のうちの1以上をさらに含んでいても良い。 The composition (B-1a) may or may not contain the “surfactant (b3)” described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. However, when the composition (B-1a) contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is the composition (A-1 ) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) with respect to the total dry weight. Further, the composition (B-1a) includes the “other surfactant”, “anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer”, and “light stabilizer” described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. One or more may be further included.
 「多官能モノマー(b1)」、「無機粒子(b2)」、およびオプショナルの「界面活性剤(b3)」のそれぞれの配合量も、上記「緩衝層(B)」の項で上述した量とすることができる。 The blending amounts of “polyfunctional monomer (b1)”, “inorganic particles (b2)”, and optional “surfactant (b3)” are also the amounts described above in the section “Buffer layer (B)”. can do.
 一方、「溶媒(b4)」は、それ自体では上記緩衝層(B)の必須成分でなく、したがって、組成物(B-1)の必須成分でもない。しかし、本発明の典型的な態様において、上記緩衝層(B)を製造する際に、上記組成物(B-1)を塗布する工程が行われる。したがって、上記組成物(B-1)が塗布に適した形態となるよう、溶媒(b4)が用いられるのである。ここで、本明細書において、上記組成物(B-1)のうち溶媒(b4)を含むものを「組成物(B-1a)」と呼ぶことにする。 On the other hand, “solvent (b4)” is not an essential component of the buffer layer (B) by itself, and therefore is not an essential component of the composition (B-1). However, in a typical embodiment of the present invention, when the buffer layer (B) is produced, a step of applying the composition (B-1) is performed. Therefore, the solvent (b4) is used so that the composition (B-1) is in a form suitable for coating. Here, in the present specification, the composition (B-1) containing the solvent (b4) is referred to as “composition (B-1a)”.
 溶媒(b4)は、種類は限定されないが、硬化して緩衝層(B)を形成する組成物(B-1a)の各成分が分離しない溶媒が好ましい。そのような溶媒(b4)の具体例として、上記溶媒(a1)について上記に列挙したものと同様の溶媒を挙げることができる。溶媒(b4)は、上記溶媒(a4)と同一であっても良く、あるいは、互いに異なっていても良い。 The type of the solvent (b4) is not limited, but a solvent that does not separate each component of the composition (B-1a) that is cured to form the buffer layer (B) is preferable. Specific examples of such a solvent (b4) include the same solvents as those listed above for the solvent (a1). The solvent (b4) may be the same as the solvent (a4) or may be different from each other.
 ここで、組成物(B-1a)は、上記多官能モノマー(b1)、上記無機粒子(b2)、および上記溶媒(b4)等を混合することにより得ることができる。このとき、上記溶媒(b4)は、上記多官能モノマー(b1)および上記無機粒子(b2)等とは別個に加えられても良く、あるいは、上記多官能モノマー(b1)および上記無機粒子(b2)等のうちの1以上とともに加えられても良い。例えば、上記無機粒子(b2)がゾルまたはスラリーの形態で用いられる場合において、当該ゾルまたはスラリーを構成する溶媒が、上記溶媒(b4)を構成することになっても良い。また、組成物(B-1a)に上記界面活性剤(b3)等が溶液の形で用いられる場合において、当該溶液を構成する溶媒が、上記溶媒(b4)を構成することになっても良い。 Here, the composition (B-1a) can be obtained by mixing the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), the solvent (b4) and the like. At this time, the solvent (b4) may be added separately from the polyfunctional monomer (b1) and the inorganic particles (b2), or the polyfunctional monomer (b1) and the inorganic particles (b2). ) Etc. may be added along with one or more of the above. For example, when the inorganic particles (b2) are used in the form of sol or slurry, the solvent constituting the sol or slurry may constitute the solvent (b4). Further, when the surfactant (b3) or the like is used in the form of a solution in the composition (B-1a), the solvent constituting the solution may constitute the solvent (b4). .
 また、組成物(B-1a)には、後述する工程(S6)に備えて、上記多官能モノマー(b1)、上記無機粒子(b2)、上記溶媒(b4)等に加えて、従来公知の光重合開始剤または熱重合開始剤が適宜添加されていても良い。上記組成物(B-1a)に添加することのできる光重合開始剤および熱重合開始剤としては、上記組成物(A-1a)に添加することのできる光重合開始剤および熱重合開始剤とそれぞれ同様とすることができる。 In addition to the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), the solvent (b4) and the like, the composition (B-1a) is prepared by a conventionally known step in preparation for the step (S6) described later. A photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator may be appropriately added. The photopolymerization initiator and thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (B-1a) include a photopolymerization initiator and thermal polymerization initiator that can be added to the composition (A-1a), Each can be the same.
 上記光重合開始剤、光重合促進剤、および熱重合開始剤の使用量は、組成物(B-1a)の総乾燥重量に対して通常は1~10重量%、好ましくは3~6重量%である。
 緩衝層(B)を塗布により形成する際、緩衝層(B)の厚さは、組成物(B-1a)に含有される溶媒(b4)の量を加減することにより調整することができる。組成物(B-1a)100重量部あたりに占める当該組成物(B-1a)の総乾燥重量は、得られる緩衝層(B)が十分な強度等を有するに必要な厚さを有することができるよう、35重量部以上であることが好ましく、37.5重量部以上であることがより好ましい。一方、組成物(B-1a)100重量部あたりに占める当該組成物(B-1a)の総乾燥重量は、100重量部未満であるところ、塗布に必要な流動性が得られるよう、50重量部以下であることが好ましい。
The amount of the photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization accelerator, and thermal polymerization initiator used is usually 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 3 to 6% by weight, based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a). It is.
When the buffer layer (B) is formed by coating, the thickness of the buffer layer (B) can be adjusted by adjusting the amount of the solvent (b4) contained in the composition (B-1a). The total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (B-1a) may have a thickness necessary for the obtained buffer layer (B) to have sufficient strength and the like. It is preferable that it is 35 weight part or more so that it can do, and it is more preferable that it is 37.5 weight part or more. On the other hand, the total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) occupying per 100 parts by weight of the composition (B-1a) is less than 100 parts by weight, so that the fluidity required for coating can be obtained. Part or less.
 なお、組成物(B-1a)の総乾燥重量とは、例えば、組成物(B-1a)が、上記多官能モノマー(b1)、上記無機粒子(b2)と第1の溶媒とからなる無機粒子ゾル、上記界面活性剤(b3)と第2の溶媒とからなる分散液、上記その他の界面活性剤と第3の溶媒とからなる分散液、上記アニオン性親水基含有モノマーと第4の溶媒とからなる分散液、上記光安定剤、上記光重合開始剤、および、第5の溶媒からなる場合、当該多官能モノマー(b1)と当該無機粒子(b2)と当該界面活性剤(b3)と当該その他の界面活性剤と当該アニオン性親水基含有モノマーと当該光安定剤と当該光重合開始剤との合計の重量を指す。 The total dry weight of the composition (B-1a) is, for example, an inorganic composition comprising the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), and the first solvent. Particle sol, dispersion comprising the surfactant (b3) and the second solvent, dispersion comprising the other surfactant and the third solvent, the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer and the fourth solvent And a dispersion comprising the above, the light stabilizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and a fifth solvent, the polyfunctional monomer (b1), the inorganic particles (b2), and the surfactant (b3) It refers to the total weight of the other surfactant, the anionic hydrophilic group-containing monomer, the light stabilizer, and the photopolymerization initiator.
 前記硬化物層(A2')への組成物(B-1a)の塗布は、上記工程(S1)で上述した組成物(A-1a)の塗布と同様に行うことができる。
 この工程(S4)により、基材と硬化物層(A2')と塗布物層(B2)とをこの順で有する前駆積層体(PL4)が得られる。この前駆積層体(PL4)は、次述する工程(S5)に供される。
Application of the composition (B-1a) to the cured product layer (A2 ′) can be performed in the same manner as the application of the composition (A-1a) described above in step (S1).
By this process (S4), the precursor laminated body (PL4) which has a base material, hardened | cured material layer (A2 '), and a coated material layer (B2) in this order is obtained. This precursor laminate (PL4) is subjected to the step (S5) described below.
 工程(S5)
 工程(S5)は、前記工程(S4)で得られた塗布物層(B2)から前記溶媒(b4)を除去する工程である。
Step (S5)
Step (S5) is a step of removing the solvent (b4) from the coated layer (B2) obtained in the step (S4).
 この工程(S5)は、上記工程(S2)と同様、前記工程(S4)によって得られた前駆積層体(PL4)を自然乾燥させることによって行ってもよく、あるいは、前記工程(S4)によって得られた前駆積層体(PL4)を加熱することによって行ってもよい。ただ、この工程(S5)において、前駆積層体(PL4)を50~90℃で加熱しておくと、すなわち、工程(S5)を50~90℃での加熱下で行うと、上記多官能モノマー(b1)に対する上記無機粒子(b2)の量が少なくても、工程(S6)の後に十分に高い硬度を有する積層体を得ることができるので好ましい。これは、おそらく、当該加熱を行うことにより、引き続く工程(S6)における硬化の際に、架橋状態がより密になるからと推測している。また、この加熱を行うと、組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量が、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量よりも少ない状況下でも、工程(S6)の後に硬化物層(B2')の形で得られる緩衝層(B)の架橋度をより高めることができ、有利である。
 この工程(S5)で上記加熱を行う場合の加熱時間は、通常3~20分である。
This step (S5) may be performed by naturally drying the precursor laminate (PL4) obtained in the step (S4), or obtained by the step (S4), as in the step (S2). You may carry out by heating the obtained precursor laminated body (PL4). However, in this step (S5), if the precursor laminate (PL4) is heated at 50 to 90 ° C., that is, if the step (S5) is carried out at 50 to 90 ° C., the above polyfunctional monomer Even if there is little quantity of the said inorganic particle (b2) with respect to (b1), since the laminated body which has sufficiently high hardness can be obtained after a process (S6), it is preferable. This is presumably because the crosslinked state becomes denser during the curing in the subsequent step (S6) by performing the heating. Further, when this heating is performed, the content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is changed so that the polyfunctional monomer (with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1)) Even under a situation where the content is less than the content of a1), the degree of crosslinking of the buffer layer (B) obtained in the form of the cured product layer (B2 ′) after the step (S6) can be increased, which is advantageous.
The heating time in the case of performing the above heating in this step (S5) is usually 3 to 20 minutes.
 工程(S6)
 工程(S6)は、前記工程(S5)の後に、塗布物層(B2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(B2)を硬化物層(B2')に変換する工程である。
 ここで、放射線照射、例えば、紫外線(UV)照射により、組成物(B-1a)を重合硬化させる場合には、塗布物層(B2)として、通常、光重合開始剤を含むものを用いる。この場合、上記工程(S4)で製造する組成物(B-1a)には、前述した光重合開始剤を添加しておくことになる。
Step (S6)
The step (S6) is a step of curing the coated layer (B2) after the step (S5) to convert the coated layer (B2) into a cured layer (B2 ′).
Here, when the composition (B-1a) is polymerized and cured by radiation irradiation, for example, ultraviolet (UV) irradiation, a coating layer (B2) usually containing a photopolymerization initiator is used. In this case, the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator is added to the composition (B-1a) produced in the step (S4).
 放射線を用いて上記組成物(B-1a)を重合する場合、放射線の波長および照射時間は、上記工程(S4)と同様とすることができる。
 熱によって重合する場合、塗布物層(B2)として、通常、有機過酸化物等の熱重合開始剤を含むものを用いる。この場合、上記工程(S4)で製造する組成物(B-1a)には、前述した熱重合開始剤を添加しておくことになる。
 熱によって上記組成物(B-1a)を重合する場合、加熱の温度および加熱時間は、上記工程(S4)と同様とすることができる。
When the composition (B-1a) is polymerized using radiation, the wavelength and irradiation time of the radiation can be the same as those in the step (S4).
When it superposes | polymerizes with a heat | fever, what contains thermal polymerization initiators, such as an organic peroxide, is normally used as a coating material layer (B2). In this case, the above-described thermal polymerization initiator is added to the composition (B-1a) produced in the step (S4).
When the composition (B-1a) is polymerized by heat, the heating temperature and heating time can be the same as those in the step (S4).
 以上のような放射線照射または加熱により、塗布物層(B2)に含まれる多官能モノマー(b1)等の重合反応が進行し、対応する重合体に変換される。その結果、塗布物層(B2)は、このような重合体を含む硬化物層(B2')に変換されることになる。言い換えると、この工程(S6)により、基材と硬化物層(A2')と硬化物層(B2')とをこの順で有する積層体が得られる。 By the irradiation or heating as described above, the polymerization reaction of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) contained in the coated layer (B2) proceeds and is converted into a corresponding polymer. As a result, the coated layer (B2) is converted into a cured product layer (B2 ′) containing such a polymer. In other words, a laminate having a base material, a cured product layer (A2 ′), and a cured product layer (B2 ′) in this order is obtained by this step (S6).
 以上の工程(S1)~(S6)により、本発明の積層体を得ることができる。ここで、前記硬化物層(A2')および前記硬化物層(B2')は、それぞれ、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)に相当することになる。 Through the above steps (S1) to (S6), the laminate of the present invention can be obtained. Here, the cured product layer (A2 ′) and the cured product layer (B2 ′) correspond to the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), respectively.
 また、基材がフィルムの場合には、例えば、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を形成しない面に、後述の粘着層を設けることもできるし、さらに粘着層の表面に剥離フィルムを設けることもできる。基材フィルムの他の片面に粘着層を積層しておくと、本発明の積層体を有する積層フィルムを防曇フィルムおよび防汚フィルムとして、車両及び建物のガラス;浴室等の鏡;ディスプレイ、テレビ等の表示材料表面;看板、広告、案内板等の情報板;鉄道、道路等の標識;並びに、建物の外壁および窓ガラス等に容易に貼付できる。 Moreover, when a base material is a film, the below-mentioned adhesion layer can also be provided in the surface which does not form the said storage layer (A) and the said buffer layer (B), for example, Furthermore, it peels on the surface of an adhesion layer. A film can also be provided. When an adhesive layer is laminated on the other side of the base film, the laminated film having the laminate of the present invention is used as an antifogging film and an antifouling film, glass for vehicles and buildings; mirrors for bathrooms; displays, televisions It can be easily attached to the surface of display materials such as: information boards such as signboards, advertisements, and information boards; signs for railways, roads, etc .;
 粘着層に用いる粘着剤は特に制限はなく、公知の粘着剤を用いることができる。粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、ビニルエーテルポリマー系粘着剤、およびシリコーン粘着剤等が挙げられる。粘着層の厚さは通常2~50μmの範囲、好ましくは5~30μmの範囲である。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the adhesive used for an adhesion layer, A well-known adhesive can be used. Examples of the adhesive include acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives, vinyl ether polymer adhesives, and silicone adhesives. The thickness of the adhesive layer is usually in the range of 2 to 50 μm, preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm.
 また、上記の組成物(A-1a)および/または組成物(B-1a)を種々の形状の鋳型内で重合させることにより、種々の形状を有する架橋樹脂、例えば積層体、成形体などを得ることもできる。 Further, by polymerizing the composition (A-1a) and / or the composition (B-1a) in a mold having various shapes, cross-linked resins having various shapes such as laminates and molded products can be obtained. It can also be obtained.
 本発明で得られる積層体および該積層体を含む積層体は、防曇材料、防汚材料、速乾燥性材料、結露防止材料、帯電防止材料等として好適に使用できる。このような本発明の積層体は、光学フィルム、光ディスク、光学レンズ、眼鏡レンズ、メガネ、サングラス、ゴーグル、ヘルメットシールド、ヘッドランプ、テールランプ、車両や建物の窓ガラス等の光学物品及びその材料を始めとして、種々の用途に適用することができる。 The laminate obtained by the present invention and the laminate comprising the laminate can be suitably used as an antifogging material, an antifouling material, a quick drying material, an anti-condensation material, an antistatic material and the like. Such a laminate of the present invention includes optical articles such as optical films, optical discs, optical lenses, spectacle lenses, glasses, sunglasses, goggles, helmet shields, headlamps, tail lamps, vehicle and building window glass, and materials thereof. It can be applied to various uses.
 また、近年広く車両に搭載されるようになった車載カメラによる画像認識システムにおいても、本発明の積層体を適用することができる。本発明の積層体は、具体的には、車両の窓ガラスや車載カメラのカメラレンズの形とすることができる。本発明の積層体に該当する窓ガラスおよびカメラレンズは、通常の窓ガラスおよび通常のカメラレンズを基材として、それらの表面に上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を直接形成させることにより、それぞれ得ることができる。また、本発明の積層体に該当する窓ガラスおよびカメラレンズは、通常の窓ガラスおよび通常のカメラレンズの表面に、フィルム形状の本発明の積層体を貼付けることによっても、それぞれ得ることができる。つまり、本発明によれば、車載カメラによる画像認識システムを搭載する車両であって、(i) 上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を有する窓ガラスを含むか、(ii) 前記車載カメラとして、上記貯蔵層(A)および上記緩衝層(B)を有するカメラレンズを有するカメラを含むか、あるいは、(iii) 前記(i)および(ii)の両方を満たす、車両が提供されることになる。このような車両においては、低温高湿下など、本発明の積層体を適用していない内窓が曇る様な状況下でも、前記窓ガラスおよび/または前記カメラレンズが曇りにくいことから、この車両に搭載された画像認識システムが画像を適切に認識できる様になる。 The laminate of the present invention can also be applied to an image recognition system using an in-vehicle camera that has been widely installed in vehicles in recent years. Specifically, the laminate of the present invention can be in the form of a vehicle window glass or a camera lens of an in-vehicle camera. The window glass and camera lens corresponding to the laminate of the present invention are formed by directly forming the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) on the surface of a normal window glass and a normal camera lens. Can be obtained respectively. The window glass and camera lens corresponding to the laminate of the present invention can also be obtained by pasting the laminate of the present invention in the form of a film on the surface of a normal window glass and a normal camera lens, respectively. . That is, according to the present invention, the vehicle is equipped with an image recognition system using an in-vehicle camera, and includes (i) a window glass having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), or (ii) As a vehicle-mounted camera, there is provided a vehicle including a camera having a camera lens having the storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B), or (iii) satisfying both (i) and (ii) Will be. In such a vehicle, the window glass and / or the camera lens are not easily fogged even under conditions where the inner window to which the laminate of the present invention is not applied is clouded, such as under low temperature and high humidity. The image recognition system installed in can properly recognize images.
 以下、実施例等により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明がこれら実施例のみに限定されるものではない。
 [サンプルの物性評価]
 本発明においてサンプルの物性評価は、下記のようにして行った。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example etc. demonstrate this invention further in detail, this invention is not limited only to these Examples.
[Physical property evaluation of samples]
In the present invention, the physical properties of the samples were evaluated as follows.
 1.膜厚測定
 分光測定により各層の膜厚を算出した。
 具体的には、OPTOTECH社製膜厚測定装置 ETA-ARCを使用し、成膜サンプルの中央付近について分光反射率を測定し、フーリエ変換法にて各単層、又は2層積層状態の膜厚を算出した。
1. Film thickness measurement The film thickness of each layer was calculated by spectroscopic measurement.
Specifically, using a film thickness measuring device ETA-ARC manufactured by OPTOTECH, the spectral reflectance is measured around the center of the film sample, and the film thickness of each single layer or two-layer laminated state by Fourier transform method Was calculated.
 2.密着性
 サンプルに対して、カッターを用い1mm間隔で縦横11本の基材表面まで到達するよう塗膜をカットし、その部分をニチバン製セロハン粘着テープCT405AP-18を使用してクロスカット法による密着性試験を行い、3回剥離試験実施後の膜剥離面積が100マス中どの程度の割合であるか目視検査を行った。その際、剥離せず膜が残存した部分の面積が90%を超えるときの評価を「○」、50%から90%のときの評価を「△」、50%を下回るときの評価を「×」とした。
2. Adhesion The coating film is cut with a cutter so that it reaches the surface of 11 substrates at 1 mm intervals in the vertical and horizontal directions using a cutter, and the part is adhered by cross-cut method using Nichiban cellophane adhesive tape CT405AP-18 A visual inspection was conducted to determine the ratio of the film peeling area after the three peel tests to 100 squares. At that time, the evaluation when the area of the part where the film was not peeled and the film remained exceeded 90% was “◯”, the evaluation when 50% to 90% was “Δ”, and the evaluation when the area was less than 50% was “×” "
 3.耐擦傷性試験
 スチールウール#0000番を使用し、このスチールウールの上にサンプルを載せ、さらにこのサンプルの真上に300g又は1kgの重りを載せて荷重を掛けた。この状態で、このサンプルをスチールウール上で10回往復運動させた。この往復運動は、往復摩擦試験機 Type :30s (新東科学株式会社製)を用いて行った。この往復運動をすることでコート膜表面についた傷を目視で評価、5段階のランク付けを行った。
 キズのランクは以下の通り。
  ランク1: スチールウールの幅全体に傷が入り、コート膜が全面的に剥がれている状態。
  ランク2: スチールウールの幅全体に深い傷が入っているが、コート膜は残っている状態。
  ランク3: 太い傷が数本から十本入った状態。
  ランク4: 薄い傷が数本から十本入った状態。
  ランク5: 視認できる傷がほとんど無い状態。
 ここで、「3.5」および「4.5」のように小数で表されているランクは、それぞれ、ランク3とランク4との間の評価、および、ランク4とランク5との間の評価を表す。
3. Scratch resistance test Using steel wool # 0000, a sample was placed on the steel wool, and a weight of 300 g or 1 kg was placed on the sample and a load was applied. In this state, the sample was reciprocated 10 times on steel wool. This reciprocating motion was performed using a reciprocating friction tester Type: 30s (manufactured by Shinto Kagaku Co., Ltd.). The scratches on the surface of the coating film were visually evaluated by performing this reciprocating motion, and five-level ranking was performed.
The ranks of scratches are as follows.
Rank 1: A state in which the entire width of the steel wool is scratched and the coat film is peeled off entirely.
Rank 2: The entire width of the steel wool is deeply scratched, but the coat film remains.
Rank 3: A state in which several to ten large scratches entered.
Rank 4: A state in which several to ten thin scratches have entered.
Rank 5: There is almost no visible scratch.
Here, the ranks represented by decimal numbers, such as “3.5” and “4.5”, are evaluated between rank 3 and rank 4, and between rank 4 and rank 5, respectively. Represents an evaluation.
 4.呼気防曇性
 サンプル表面に呼気を数秒吹きかけて、当該サンプル表面に生じる曇りの有無を確認した。ここで、呼気の吹きかけを行ってもサンプル表面に曇りが生じなかったときの評価を「○」とし、呼気の吹きかけを行ったときにサンプル表面に曇りが生じたときの評価を「×」とした。テストは22℃室温下で1時間放置したものを、同温度下で実施した。
 なお、下記の各実施例及び各比較例において、「初期 呼気防曇性」とは、後述する「水洗後の評価」を行う前のサンプルについての呼気防曇性を指す。
4). Exhalation anti-fogging property Exhalation was blown on the sample surface for several seconds to confirm the presence or absence of fogging on the sample surface. Here, the evaluation when the sample surface was not clouded even when exhalation was performed was `` ○ '', and the evaluation when the sample surface was fogged when exhalation was performed was `` x '' did. The test was conducted at room temperature of 22 ° C. for 1 hour, and the test was performed at the same temperature.
In each of the following Examples and Comparative Examples, the “initial breath anti-fogging property” refers to the breath anti-fogging property of a sample before performing “evaluation after water washing” described later.
 5.水接触角
 純水の接触角を接触角計で測定した。測定は、1サンプルについて3箇所行い、これらの値の平均値を水接触角の値とした。ここで、水接触角の値として、着滴してから22秒後の接触角を表記する。
 測定に用いた接触角計として、協和界面科学の接触角計DropMaster Model DMs-401を使用した。
 なお、下記の各実施例及び各比較例において、「初期 水接触角」とは、後述する「水洗後の評価」を行う前のサンプルについての水接触角を指す。
5. Water contact angle The contact angle of pure water was measured with a contact angle meter. The measurement was performed at three locations for one sample, and the average of these values was taken as the value of the water contact angle. Here, as the value of the water contact angle, the contact angle after 22 seconds from the landing is described.
As a contact angle meter used for the measurement, a contact angle meter DropMaster Model DMs-401 of Kyowa Interface Science was used.
In each of the following Examples and Comparative Examples, “initial water contact angle” refers to the water contact angle of a sample before performing “evaluation after water washing” described later.
 6.50℃蒸気防曇性
 ビーカー内に純水を入れ、この純水を50℃に加温しながら当該ビーカー上部に被評価サンプルを載せて60秒間保持し、その後、そのままの状態で被評価サンプルを上から目視することによって観察した。この被評価サンプルとして、事前に22℃で1時間以上静置したものを使用した。この保持を開始してから60秒以内に、サンプルが曇るか或いは像が歪んだ状態に至ったときの評価を「×」とし、そうでないときの評価を「○」とした。
6. Steam defogging at 50 ° C. Pure water is put in a beaker, and the sample to be evaluated is placed on the top of the beaker while being heated to 50 ° C. and held for 60 seconds, and then evaluated as it is. The sample was observed by viewing from above. As this sample to be evaluated, a sample which had been allowed to stand at 22 ° C. for 1 hour or more in advance was used. The evaluation when the sample was clouded or the image was distorted within 60 seconds from the start of the holding was “x”, and the evaluation when it was not so was “◯”.
 7.水洗後の評価
 サンプル表面を、流水中、クレシアテクノワイプC100-S(日本製紙クレシア株式会社性)で擦りながら5秒間洗浄し、エアーブローで乾燥後2時間室温下で放置するというサイクルを繰り返し、1回目、3回目、および5回目のサイクル後に、上記呼気防曇性および接触角の測定を行った。これに基づき、水洗の繰り返し回数による、呼気防曇性の評価および接触角についての変化を評価することによって、防曇耐久性の評価とした。
 なお、3回目および5回目のサイクル後において、呼気防曇性および接触角につき評価「-」とあるのは、呼気防曇性および/または接触角の測定を行わなかったことを示す。
7. Evaluation after water washing The sample surface was washed for 5 seconds while rubbing with Crecia Techno Wipe C100-S (Nippon Paper Crecia Co., Ltd.) in running water, dried by air blow, and then allowed to stand at room temperature for 2 hours. After the first, third, and fifth cycles, the breath antifogging property and contact angle were measured. Based on this, anti-fogging durability was evaluated by evaluating exhalation anti-fogging properties and the change in contact angle according to the number of repeated washings.
In addition, after the third and fifth cycles, the evaluation “−” for the antifogging property and the contact angle indicates that the measurement of the antifogging property and / or the contact angle was not performed.
 8.耐光性試験
 サンプルに対し、温度40℃湿度60%の環境下で光照射を行い、耐光試験を実施した。ここで、光源として、スガ試験機のキセノンウェザー試験機を使用し、照射強度を75W/m2とした。光照射を開始してから、サンプルに外観上のクラックまたは剥がれが生じるまでの照射時間(以下、「耐久時間」)を測定し、この耐久時間を以て耐光性を評価した。
8). Light resistance test The sample was irradiated with light in an environment of a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 60% to perform a light resistance test. Here, as a light source, a Xenon weather tester, a Suga tester, was used, and the irradiation intensity was 75 W / m 2 . The irradiation time (hereinafter referred to as “endurance time”) from the start of light irradiation to the appearance of cracking or peeling on the sample was measured, and the light resistance was evaluated using this endurance time.
 [合成例A1] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A1の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に第一工業製薬製の界面活性剤ハイテノール08E(ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩)を1.0重量部計り取り、次に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散シリカゾルの表面改質グレード:シリカ粒子含有率42%;粒子径10~15nm)を66.5重量部添加した。さらに溶媒としてメチルイソブチルケトン3.3重量部添加し、マグネットスターラーと撹拌子で、ハイテノール08Eが完全に溶解するまで撹拌した。次に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600(ポリエチレングリコール#600ジアクリレート)を27.9重量部添加し相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127(2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン)を1.3重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「貯蔵層形成用組成物A1」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example A1] <Preparation of Storage Layer Forming Composition A1>
Under a normal temperature and pressure environment, weigh 1.0 parts by weight of Daiichi Kogyo's surfactant Hytenol 08E (polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate) into a glass screw tube, and then make it from Nissan Chemical Industries 66.5 parts by weight of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y (surface modification grade of propylene glycol monomethyl ether-dispersed silica sol: silica particle content 42%; particle size 10 to 15 nm) was added. Further, 3.3 parts by weight of methyl isobutyl ketone was added as a solvent, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until Haitenol 08E was completely dissolved. Next, 27.9 parts by weight of acrylate NK ester A-600 (polyethylene glycol # 600 diacrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well until compatible. Next, Irgacure 127 (2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl} -2-methyl-propan-1-one manufactured by BASF was used as a photopolymerization initiator. 1.3 parts by weight) and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer forming composition A1”).
 この貯蔵層形成用組成物A1は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。ここで、オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yは、アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子に該当する。 This storage layer forming composition A1 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant. Here, the organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y corresponds to inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group.
 [合成例A2] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A2の調製>
 界面活性剤としてハイテノール08Eの代わりに、第一工業製薬製の界面活性剤ノイゲンLP-80(ポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテル)を使用した以外は、合成例A1と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、貯蔵層形成用組成物A2とした。
 この貯蔵層形成用組成物A2は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてノニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。
[Synthesis Example A2] <Preparation of Storage Layer Forming Composition A2>
A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A1, except that the surfactant Neugen LP-80 (polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether) manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku was used in place of Haitenol 08E as the surfactant. A composition for forming a storage layer A2.
This storage layer forming composition A2 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and a nonionic surfactant as a surfactant.
 [合成例A3] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A3の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を61.6重量部に、メチルイソブチルケトンの量を3.5重量部に、NKエステルA-600の量を32.4重量部に、Irgacure127の量を1.5重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は、合成例A1と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、貯蔵層形成用組成物A3とした。
[Synthesis Example A3] <Preparation of Storage Layer Forming Composition A3>
The amount of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y is 61.6 parts by weight, the amount of methyl isobutyl ketone is 3.5 parts by weight, the amount of NK ester A-600 is 32.4 parts by weight, and the amount of Irgacure 127 is 1. A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A1 except that the amount was changed to 5 parts by weight, and designated as storage layer forming composition A3.
 [合成例A4] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A4の調製>
 界面活性剤ハイテノール08Eの量を1.1重量部に、オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を55.2重量部に、メチルイソブチルケトンの量を3.2重量部に、NKエステルA-600の量を38.7重量部に、Irgacure127の量を1.8重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は、合成例A1と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、貯蔵層形成用組成物A4とした。
[Synthesis Example A4] <Preparation of storage layer forming composition A4>
The amount of surfactant Haitenol 08E is 1.1 parts by weight, the amount of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y is 55.2 parts by weight, the amount of methyl isobutyl ketone is 3.2 parts by weight, and the NK ester A- A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A1, except that the amount of 600 was changed to 38.7 parts by weight and the amount of Irgacure 127 was changed to 1.8 parts by weight, and this was designated as storage layer forming composition A4. .
 [合成例A5] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A5の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に第一工業製薬製の界面活性剤ハイテノール08Eを0.8重量部計り取り、次に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-ST(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散シリカゾル:シリカ粒子含有率30%;粒子径10~15nm)を73.5重量部添加した。さらに溶媒としてメチルイソブチルケトン2.6重量部添加し、マグネットスターラーと撹拌子で、ハイテノール08Eが完全に溶解するまで撹拌した。次に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を22.0重量部添加し相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を1.1重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「貯蔵層形成用組成物A5」)を得た。
 この貯蔵層形成用組成物A5は、無機粒子として(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。
[Synthesis Example A5] <Preparation of storage layer forming composition A5>
Under a normal temperature and normal pressure environment, weigh 0.8 parts by weight of a surfactant Hytenol 08E manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku into a glass screw tube, and then organosilica sol PGM-ST (propylene glycol monomethyl ether) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries Dispersed silica sol: silica particle content 30%; particle diameter 10-15 nm) was added at 73.5 parts by weight. Further, 2.6 parts by weight of methyl isobutyl ketone was added as a solvent, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and a stirring bar until Hitenol 08E was completely dissolved. Next, 22.0 parts by weight of acrylate NK ester A-600 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well until they were compatible. Next, 1.1 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer forming composition A5”).
This storage layer forming composition A5 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
 [合成例A6] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A6の調製>
 界面活性剤を添加しなかった以外は、合成例A1と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、貯蔵層形成用組成物A6とした。
 この貯蔵層形成用組成物A6は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を含むが、界面活性剤は含まない組成物である。
[Synthesis Example A6] <Preparation of Storage Layer Forming Composition A6>
A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A1 except that the surfactant was not added, and designated as storage layer forming composition A6.
This storage layer forming composition A6 is a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles, but not containing a surfactant.
 [合成例A7] <貯蔵層形成用組成物A7の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に第一工業製薬製の界面活性剤ハイテノール08Eを0.7重量部計り取り、次に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yを45.9重量部添加した。さらに溶媒としてメチルイソブチルケトン4.6重量部とプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル28.6重量部を添加し、マグネットスターラーと撹拌子で、ハイテノール08Eが完全に溶解するまで撹拌した。次に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を19.3重量部添加し相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を0.9重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「貯蔵層形成用組成物A7」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example A7] <Preparation of storage layer forming composition A7>
Under a normal temperature and normal pressure environment, 0.7 parts by weight of a surfactant Hytenol 08E manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. was weighed into a glass screw tube, and then an organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. 9 parts by weight were added. Further, 4.6 parts by weight of methyl isobutyl ketone and 28.6 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether were added as a solvent, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer and a stirring bar until Hitenol 08E was completely dissolved. Next, 19.3 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 of acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well until they were compatible. Next, 0.9 part by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “storage layer forming composition A7”).
 合成例A1~A7で得られた各貯蔵層形成用組成物の組成を、下記表1にまとめて示す。
 ここで、下記表1に示す重量のうち括弧で囲った値は、計算によって求められた値であることを表している。
The compositions of the respective storage layer forming compositions obtained in Synthesis Examples A1 to A7 are summarized in Table 1 below.
Here, the value enclosed in parentheses in the weight shown in Table 1 below represents a value obtained by calculation.
 また、無機粒子(a2)の量につき「固形分量」とあるのは、無機粒子(a2)が対応するゾルの形態で用いられる場合において、そのゾルの重量のうちの含有溶媒以外の成分の重量を表す。また、「総乾燥重量」とは、組成物の合計重量から、「溶媒」の項に明記された溶媒の合計重量と「溶媒」以外の成分に含有されうる溶媒成分の合計重量との合計を差し引いてなる重量を表す。 Further, the “solid content” with respect to the amount of the inorganic particles (a2) means that when the inorganic particles (a2) are used in the form of the corresponding sol, the weight of components other than the contained solvent in the weight of the sol. Represents. The “total dry weight” is the sum of the total weight of the solvent specified in the “Solvent” section and the total weight of the solvent components that can be contained in components other than the “solvent” from the total weight of the composition. It represents the weight after subtraction.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 [合成例B1] <緩衝層形成用組成物B1の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散シリカゾルの表面改質グレード:シリカ粒子含有率42%;粒子径10~15nm)を60.6重量部計り取り、次に溶媒としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル19.5重量部添加し、更に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600(ポリエチレングリコール#600ジアクリレート)を11.7重量部添加し相溶するまでマグネットスターラーと撹拌子でよく撹拌した。次にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルに分散した3-スルホプロピルアクリレートカリウム塩(SPA-K)分散液(SPA-K 30.0重量%・水9.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル61.0重量%)を3.4重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にペレックスTR分散液(ペレックスTR(ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム) 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を3.2重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127(2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン)を1.6重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「緩衝層形成用組成物B1」)を得た。
 この緩衝層形成用組成物B1は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。
[Synthesis Example B1] <Preparation of Composition B1 for Forming Buffer Layer>
Organo silica sol PGM-AC-2140Y manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. (surface modification grade of propylene glycol monomethyl ether-dispersed silica sol: 42% silica particle content; particle diameter 10-15 nm) Next, 19.5 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added as a solvent, and 11.7 of NK ester A-600 (polyethylene glycol # 600 diacrylate) of acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added. The mixture was thoroughly stirred with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until the parts were added and dissolved. Next, 3-sulfopropyl acrylate potassium salt (SPA-K) dispersion (SPA-K 30.0 wt%, water 9.0 wt%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0 wt%) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether Was added and stirred well until completely compatible. Next, 3.2 parts by weight of Pelex TR dispersion (Pelex TR (sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate) 10.0% by weight, 90.0% by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether) was added, and the mixture was stirred well until it was completely compatible. Next, Irgacure 127 (2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl} -2-methyl-propan-1-one manufactured by BASF was used as a photopolymerization initiator. 1.6 parts by weight) and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B1”).
This buffer layer forming composition B1 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant.
 [合成例B2] <緩衝層形成用組成物B2の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y(シリカ粒子含有率42%)を59.2重量部計り取り、次に溶媒としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル19.2重量部添加し、更に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を11.4重量部添加し相溶するまでマグネットスターラーと撹拌子でよく撹拌した。次にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルに分散したSPA-K分散液(SPA-K 30.0重量%・水9.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル61.0重量%)を3.3重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にペレックスTR分散液(ペレックスTR 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を3.1重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次に、ハイテノール08E(ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩;第一工業製薬製) 10.0重量%とプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%とからなるハイテノール08E分散液を2.2重量部添加し、よく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を1.6重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「緩衝層形成用組成物B2」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example B2] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B2>
Under a normal temperature and pressure environment, weigh 59.2 parts by weight of an organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y (silica particle content 42%) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries into a glass screw tube, and then use propylene glycol monomethyl ether 19 as a solvent. Then, 2 parts by weight were added, and 11.4 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 of acrylate made by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was further added and stirred well with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until they were compatible. Next, 3.3 parts by weight of a SPA-K dispersion (SPA-K 30.0 wt%, water 9.0 wt%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0 wt%) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, Stir well until completely compatible. Next, 3.1 parts by weight of PELEX TR dispersion (PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added, and the mixture was stirred well until it was completely compatible. Next, a high-tenol 08E dispersion composed of 10.0% by weight of high tenol 08E (polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate; manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and 90.0% by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was 2.2% by weight. Partly added and stirred well. Next, 1.6 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B2”).
 この緩衝層形成用組成物B2は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。ただし、この緩衝層形成用組成物B2は、前記緩衝層形成用組成物B1とは異なり、界面活性剤として、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含むアニオン系界面活性剤をさらに含んでいる。 This buffer layer forming composition B2 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant. However, unlike the buffer layer forming composition B1, the buffer layer forming composition B2 further includes an anionic surfactant having a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
 [合成例B3] <緩衝層形成用組成物B3の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を47.4重量部に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの量を25.2重量部に、NKエステルA-600の量を15.3重量部に、SPA-K分散液の量を4.4重量部に、ペレックスTR分散液の量を4.1重量部に、ハイテノール08E分散液の量を1.9重量部に、Irgacure127の量を1.7重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は合成例B2と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、緩衝層形成用組成物B3とした。
[Synthesis Example B3] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B3>
Disperse SPA-K in 47.4 parts by weight of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y, 25.2 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 15.3 parts by weight of NK ester A-600. The amount of the liquid is 4.4 parts by weight, the amount of the Perex TR dispersion is 4.1 parts by weight, the amount of the Haitenol 08E dispersion is 1.9 parts by weight, and the amount of Irgacure 127 is 1.7 parts by weight. Except for each change, a liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example B2 to obtain a buffer layer forming composition B3.
 [合成例B4] <緩衝層形成用組成物B4の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を44.8重量部に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの量を24.2重量部に、NKエステルA-600の量を17.3重量部に、SPA-K分散液の量を5.0重量部に、ペレックスTR分散液の量を4.7重量部に、ハイテノール08E分散液の量を2.1重量部に、Irgacure127の量を1.9重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は合成例B2と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、緩衝層形成用組成物B4とした。
[Synthesis Example B4] <Preparation of Buffer Layer Forming Composition B4>
The amount of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y is 44.8 parts by weight, the amount of propylene glycol monomethyl ether is 24.2 parts by weight, and the amount of NK ester A-600 is 17.3 parts by weight. The amount of the liquid is 5.0 parts by weight, the amount of the Perex TR dispersion is 4.7 parts by weight, the amount of the Haitenol 08E dispersion is 2.1 parts by weight, and the amount of Irgacure 127 is 1.9 parts by weight. Except for each change, a liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example B2 to obtain a buffer layer forming composition B4.
 [合成例B5] <緩衝層形成用組成物B5の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を39.5重量部に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの量を27.2重量部に、NKエステルA-600の量を19.0重量部に、SPA-K分散液の量を5.5重量部に、ペレックスTR分散液の量を4.3重量部に、ハイテノール08E分散液の量を2.4重量部に、Irgacure127の量を2.1重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は合成例B2と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、緩衝層形成用組成物B5とした。
[Synthesis Example B5] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B5>
Disperse SPA-K with 39.5 parts by weight of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y, 27.2 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 19.0 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 The amount of the liquid is 5.5 parts by weight, the amount of the Perex TR dispersion is 4.3 parts by weight, the amount of the Haitenol 08E dispersion is 2.4 parts by weight, and the amount of Irgacure 127 is 2.1 parts by weight. Except for each change, a liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example B2, and designated as buffer layer forming composition B5.
 [合成例B6] <緩衝層形成用組成物B6の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-ST(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散シリカゾル:シリカ粒子含有率30%;粒子径10~15nm)を78.8重量部計り取り、次に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を10.9重量部添加し相溶するまでマグネットスターラーと撹拌子でよく撹拌した。次にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルに分散したSPA-K分散液(SPA-K 30.0重量%・水9.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル61.0重量%)を3.1重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にペレックスTR分散液(ペレックスTR 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を3.6重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にハイテノール08E分散液(ハイテノール08E 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を2.1重量部添加し、よく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を1.5重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「緩衝層形成用組成物B6」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example B6] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B6>
78.8 parts by weight of an organosilica sol PGM-ST (propylene glycol monomethyl ether-dispersed silica sol: 30% silica particle content; particle size 10 to 15 nm) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries in a glass screw tube bottle at room temperature and normal pressure Next, 10.9 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 of acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was added and stirred well with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until they were compatible. Next, 3.1 parts by weight of SPA-K dispersion (SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, Stir well until completely compatible. Next, 3.6 parts by weight of Pelex TR dispersion (Pelex TR 10.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added and stirred well until completely compatible. Next, 2.1 parts by weight of Hightenol 08E dispersion (Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added and stirred well. Next, 1.5 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until it was completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B6”).
 この緩衝層形成用組成物B6は、無機粒子として(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。この緩衝層形成用組成物B6は、界面活性剤として、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含まないアニオン系界面活性剤に加えて、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含むアニオン系界面活性剤をさらに含んでいる。 This buffer layer forming composition B6 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant. This buffer layer forming composition B6 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
 [合成例B7] <緩衝層形成用組成物B7の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y(シリカ粒子含有率42%)を38.7重量部計り取り、更にオルガノシリカゾルPGM-ST(シリカ粒子含有率30%)を13.5重量部計り取り、次に溶媒としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル19.4重量部添加し、更に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を15.6重量部添加し相溶するまでマグネットスターラーと撹拌子でよく撹拌した。次にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルに分散したSPA-K分散液(SPA-K 30.0重量%・水9.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル61.0重量%)を4.5重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にペレックスTR分散液(ペレックスTR 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を4.2重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にハイテノール08E分散液(ハイテノール08E 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を2.0重量部添加し、よく撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を2.1重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「緩衝層形成用組成物B7」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example B7] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B7>
Under a normal temperature and normal pressure environment, 38.7 parts by weight of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y (silica particle content 42%) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries was weighed into a glass screw tube, and further, organosilica sol PGM-ST (silica particles) Weighed 13.5 parts by weight, and then added 19.4 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a solvent, and further added 15.6 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 made by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. Stir well with a magnetic stirrer and stir bar until compatible. Next, 4.5 parts by weight of SPA-K dispersion (SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, Stir well until completely compatible. Next, 4.2 parts by weight of PELEX TR dispersion (PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added and stirred well until it was completely compatible. Next, 2.0 parts by weight of Hightenol 08E dispersion (Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added and stirred well. Next, 2.1 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter referred to as “buffer layer forming composition B7”).
 この緩衝層形成用組成物B7は、無機粒子として(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子およびアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。この緩衝層形成用組成物B7は、界面活性剤として、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含まないアニオン系界面活性剤に加えて、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含むアニオン系界面活性剤をさらに含んでいる。 This buffer layer-forming composition B7 uses an inorganic particle not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group as an inorganic particle and an inorganic particle modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as an anionic surfactant. This corresponds to a composition containing a surfactant. This buffer layer forming composition B7 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant.
 [合成例B8] <緩衝層形成用組成物B8の調製>
 常温常圧環境下において、ガラス製スクリュー管瓶に日産化学工業製オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Y(シリカ粒子含有率42%)を46.8重量部計り取り、次に溶媒としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル24.4重量部添加し、更に新中村化学工業製アクリレートのNKエステルA-600を15.1重量部添加し相溶するまでマグネットスターラーと撹拌子でよく撹拌した。次にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルに分散したSPA-K分散液(SPA-K 30.0重量%・水9.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル61.0重量%)を4.4重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にペレックスTR分散液(ペレックスTR 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を4.1重量部添加し、完全に相溶するまでよく撹拌した。次にハイテノール08E分散液(ハイテノール08E 10.0重量%・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル90.0重量%)を2.0重量部添加し、よく撹拌した。次に光安定剤としてアデカ製アデカスタブLA-72を1.6重量部添加し撹拌した。次に光重合開始剤として、BASF製Irgacure127を1.6重量部添加し、完全に溶解するまで撹拌し、液状の組成物(以下、「緩衝層形成用組成物B8」)を得た。
[Synthesis Example B8] <Preparation of Composition B8 for Forming Buffer Layer>
Under a normal temperature and normal pressure environment, weigh 46.8 parts by weight of an organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y (silica particle content 42%) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries into a glass screw tube, and then use propylene glycol monomethyl ether 24 as a solvent. Further, 4 parts by weight were added, and 15.1 parts by weight of NK ester A-600 of acrylate made by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was further added and stirred well with a magnetic stirrer and a stir bar until they were compatible. Next, 4.4 parts by weight of SPA-K dispersion (SPA-K 30.0% by weight, water 9.0% by weight, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 61.0% by weight) dispersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, Stir well until completely compatible. Next, 4.1 parts by weight of PELEX TR dispersion (PELEX TR 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added, and the mixture was stirred well until it was completely compatible. Next, 2.0 parts by weight of Hightenol 08E dispersion (Hightenol 08E 10.0% by weight / propylene glycol monomethyl ether 90.0% by weight) was added and stirred well. Next, 1.6 parts by weight of Adeka Stab LA-72 manufactured by Adeka as a light stabilizer was added and stirred. Next, 1.6 parts by weight of ISFacure 127 manufactured by BASF was added as a photopolymerization initiator and stirred until completely dissolved to obtain a liquid composition (hereinafter, “buffer layer forming composition B8”).
 この緩衝層形成用組成物B8は、無機粒子としてアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、界面活性剤としてアニオン系界面活性剤を含む組成物に該当する。この緩衝層形成用組成物B8は、界面活性剤として、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含まないアニオン系界面活性剤に加えて、ポリオキシエチレン構造を含むアニオン系界面活性剤をさらに含んでいる。また、この緩衝層形成用組成物B8は、光安定剤を含んでいる。 This buffer layer forming composition B8 corresponds to a composition containing inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group as inorganic particles and an anionic surfactant as a surfactant. This buffer layer forming composition B8 further contains an anionic surfactant containing a polyoxyethylene structure in addition to an anionic surfactant not containing a polyoxyethylene structure as a surfactant. Moreover, this buffer layer forming composition B8 contains a light stabilizer.
 [合成例B9] <緩衝層形成用組成物B9の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を46.9重量部に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの量を24.9重量部に、ハイテノール08E分散液の量を1.9重量部に、LA-72の量を1.2重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は合成例B8と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、緩衝層形成用組成物B9とした。
[Synthesis Example B9] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B9>
The amount of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y was 46.9 parts by weight, the amount of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was 24.9 parts by weight, the amount of Haitenol 08E dispersion was 1.9 parts by weight, A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example B8, except that the amount was changed to 1.2 parts by weight, and designated as buffer layer forming composition B9.
 [合成例B10] <緩衝層形成用組成物B10の調製>
 オルガノシリカゾルPGM-AC-2140Yの量を47.1重量部に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの量を25.0重量部に、ハイテノール08E分散液の量を1.9重量部に、LA-72の量を0.8重量部にそれぞれ変更した以外は合成例B8と同様に液状の組成物を調製し、緩衝層形成用組成物B10とした。
[Synthesis Example B10] <Preparation of buffer layer forming composition B10>
The amount of organosilica sol PGM-AC-2140Y was 47.1 parts by weight, the amount of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was 25.0 parts by weight, the amount of Haitenol 08E dispersion was 1.9 parts by weight, A liquid composition was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example B8, except that the amount was changed to 0.8 parts by weight, and designated as buffer layer forming composition B10.
 合成例B1~B10で得られた各緩衝層形成用組成物の組成を、下記表2-1~表2-2にまとめて示す。
 ここで、無機粒子(b2)の量につき「固形分量」とあるのは、無機粒子(b2)が対応するゾルの形態で用いられる場合において、そのゾルの重量のうちの含有溶媒以外の成分の重量を表す。また、界面活性剤(b3)等の量につき「有効成分量」とあるのは、各分散液の重量のうちの含有溶媒以外の成分の重量を表す。また、「総乾燥重量」とは、組成物の合計重量から、「溶媒」の項に明記された溶媒の合計重量と「溶媒」以外の成分に含有されうる溶媒成分の合計重量との合計を差し引いてなる重量を表す。
The compositions of the buffer layer forming compositions obtained in Synthesis Examples B1 to B10 are summarized in Tables 2-1 to 2-2 below.
Here, the “solid content” with respect to the amount of the inorganic particles (b2) means that when the inorganic particles (b2) are used in the form of the corresponding sol, components other than the contained solvent in the weight of the sol. Represents weight. Further, “effective component amount” per amount of the surfactant (b3) and the like represents the weight of components other than the contained solvent in the weight of each dispersion. The “total dry weight” is the sum of the total weight of the solvent specified in the “Solvent” section and the total weight of the solvent components that can be contained in components other than the “solvent” from the total weight of the composition. It represents the weight after subtraction.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 [実施例1]
 ポリカーボネート板(長さ65mm×幅65mm×厚さ2mm)に貯蔵層形成用組成物A1をスピンコートで塗布した。スピンコートは、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1をコート液として用い、ポリカーボネート板を500rpmで10秒回転させる間に当該ポリカーボネート板の上からコート液を流し、板上で徐々に広げた後1000rpmで10秒間回転させることにより行い、これにより第1の塗布膜を得た。
[Example 1]
The storage layer forming composition A1 was applied to a polycarbonate plate (length 65 mm × width 65 mm × thickness 2 mm) by spin coating. The spin coating uses the storage layer forming composition A1 as a coating solution, and while the polycarbonate plate is rotated at 500 rpm for 10 seconds, the coating solution is allowed to flow over the polycarbonate plate and is gradually spread on the plate, and then at 10 The first coating film was obtained by rotating for a second.
 引き続き、このようにポリカーボネート板上に形成された第1の塗布膜をUV照射装置にて硬化した。UV照射装置はアイグラフィクス社製UV照射装置UB012-0BMを使用し、第1の塗布膜の硬化は、1kwの光源により当該塗布膜に対し5秒間UV照射しすることによって行い、これにより第1の硬化膜(以下「硬化膜A1」)が得られた。この時の積算光量はUV-Cで350mJ/cm2、UV-Aで1300mJ/cm2であった。このUV照射により得られた硬化膜A1は、貯蔵層を構成することになる。 Subsequently, the first coating film thus formed on the polycarbonate plate was cured with a UV irradiation apparatus. As the UV irradiation apparatus, a UV irradiation apparatus UB012-0BM manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd. is used, and the first coating film is cured by irradiating the coating film with UV light for 5 seconds with a 1 kw light source. The cured film (hereinafter referred to as “cured film A1”) was obtained. Integrated light quantity at that time was 1300 mJ / cm 2 at 350mJ / cm 2, UV-A with UV-C. The cured film A1 obtained by this UV irradiation constitutes a storage layer.
 次に、この硬化膜A1上に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1をスピンコートで塗布した。緩衝層形成用組成物B1の塗布は、前記塗布膜A1を形成したときと同様のスピンコート塗布条件にて行い、これにより第2の塗布膜を得た。この第2の塗布膜に対して、そのまま上記UV照射装置にて30秒間UV照射し、第2の硬化膜(以下「硬化膜B1」)が得られた。このUV照射により得られた硬化膜B1は、緩衝層を構成することになる。 Next, the buffer layer forming composition B1 was applied onto the cured film A1 by spin coating. The application of the buffer layer forming composition B1 was performed under the same spin coat application conditions as when the coating film A1 was formed, thereby obtaining a second coating film. The second coating film was directly irradiated with UV for 30 seconds by the UV irradiation apparatus, and a second cured film (hereinafter referred to as “cured film B1”) was obtained. The cured film B1 obtained by this UV irradiation constitutes a buffer layer.
 以上の操作により、ポリカーボネート板と硬化膜A1と硬化膜B1とをこの順で有する透明な積層体(以下「積層体1」)を得た。得られた積層体1において、硬化膜A1(貯蔵層)の膜厚が5.8μm、硬化膜B1(緩衝層)の膜厚が2.6μmであった。 By the above operation, a transparent laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate 1”) having a polycarbonate plate, a cured film A1, and a cured film B1 in this order was obtained. In the obtained laminate 1, the thickness of the cured film A1 (storage layer) was 5.8 μm, and the thickness of the cured film B1 (buffer layer) was 2.6 μm.
 [実施例2]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B2を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体2」)を得た。
[Example 2]
When the buffer layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B2 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and a laminated body (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 2 ").
 [実施例3]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B3を使用し、且つ、第2の塗布膜を得た後当該第2の塗布膜へのUV照射を行う前に、この第2の塗布膜を有する中間積層体を一旦80℃の電気炉内で5分乾燥した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体3」)を得た。
[Example 3]
When the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer forming composition B3 is used in place of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and after the second coating film is obtained, the second coating film is irradiated with UV. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the intermediate laminate having the second coating film was once dried in an electric furnace at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes. Body 3 ") was obtained.
 [実施例4]
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A2を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体4」)を得た。
[Example 4]
When the storage layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the storage layer forming composition A2 was used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 4 ").
 [実施例5]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B4を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体5」)を得た。
[Example 5]
When forming the buffer layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B4 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 5 ").
 [実施例6]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B5を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体6」)を得た。
[Example 6]
When forming the buffer layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B5 was used in place of the buffer layer forming composition B3, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate”) was formed. 6 ").
 [実施例7]
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A3を使用し、且つ、緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B4を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体7」)を得た。
[Example 7]
When forming the storage layer, the storage layer forming composition A3 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when forming the buffer layer, the buffer layer forming composition B3 is replaced with a buffer. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the layer forming composition B4 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate 7”).
 [実施例8]
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A4を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体8」)を得た。
[Example 8]
When forming the storage layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the storage layer forming composition A4 was used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 8 ”).
 [実施例9]
 本実施例では、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を構成する無機粒子として、アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)を構成する無機粒子として、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子を採用した。
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B6を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体9」)を得た。
[Example 9]
In this example, as inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer), inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group are used as inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer). Inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group were employed.
When the buffer layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B6 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B1, and a laminated body (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. 9 ").
 [実施例10]
 本実施例では、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を構成する無機粒子、および、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)を構成する無機粒子として、共に(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子を採用した。
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A5を使用し、且つ、緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B6を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体10」)を得た。
[Example 10]
In this example, the inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer) and the inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer) are both modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. Untreated inorganic particles were adopted.
When the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A5 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer forming composition B6 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate 10”).
 [実施例11]
 本実施例では、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を構成する無機粒子として、アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)を構成する無機粒子として、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子とアクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子との混合物を採用した。
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B7を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体11」)を得た。
[Example 11]
In this example, as inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer), inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group are used as inorganic particles constituting the second cured film (buffer layer). A mixture of inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group was employed.
When the buffer layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B7 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate”) was formed. 11 ").
 [比較例1]
 本比較例では、上記各実施例とは異なり、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成のみを行い、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成は行わなかった。
 ここで、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成は実施例10と同様に行った。これによって得られる第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を有する積層体は、緩衝層の形成のための塗布・成膜プロセスを実施することなく、そのまま積層体C1として用いた。
[Comparative Example 1]
In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the first cured film (storage layer) was formed, and the second cured film (buffer layer) was not formed.
Here, the first cured film (storage layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 10. The laminated body having the first cured film (storage layer) obtained in this way was used as it is as the laminated body C1 without performing the coating / film forming process for forming the buffer layer.
 [比較例2]
 本比較例では、上記各実施例とは異なり、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成のみを行い、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成は行わなかった。
 ここで、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成は実施例1と同様に行った。これによって得られる第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を有する積層体は、緩衝層の形成のための塗布・成膜プロセスを実施することなく、そのまま積層体C2として用いた。
[Comparative Example 2]
In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the first cured film (storage layer) was formed, and the second cured film (buffer layer) was not formed.
Here, the first cured film (storage layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 1. The laminated body having the first cured film (storage layer) obtained in this way was used as it is as the laminated body C2 without performing the coating / film forming process for forming the buffer layer.
 [比較例3]
 本比較例では、上記各実施例とは異なり、界面活性剤を含まない組成物を用いて貯蔵層を形成した。
 すなわち、貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A6を使用し、且つ、緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B2を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体C3」)を得た。
[Comparative Example 3]
In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, the storage layer was formed using a composition containing no surfactant.
That is, when the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A6 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, it is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the buffer layer forming composition B2 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C3”).
 [比較例4]
 本比較例では、上記各実施例とは異なり、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成のみを行い、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成は行わなかった。
 すなわち、緩衝層形成用組成物B6の塗布をポリカーボネート板に対して直接行ったことを除き、実施例9と同様に第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成を行い、緩衝層は有するが貯蔵層は有さない積層体(以下「積層体C4」)を得た。
[Comparative Example 4]
In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed, and the first cured film (storage layer) was not formed.
That is, the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 9 except that the buffer layer forming composition B6 was directly applied to the polycarbonate plate. A laminate having no layer (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C4”) was obtained.
 [比較例5]
 本比較例では、上記各実施例とは異なり、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成のみを行い、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)の形成は行わなかった。
 すなわち、緩衝層形成用組成物B2の塗布をポリカーボネート板に対して直接行ったことを除き、実施例2と同様に第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)の形成を行い、緩衝層は有するが貯蔵層は有さない積層体(以下「積層体C5」)を得た。
[Comparative Example 5]
In this comparative example, unlike the above examples, only the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed, and the first cured film (storage layer) was not formed.
That is, the second cured film (buffer layer) was formed in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the application of the buffer layer forming composition B2 was directly performed on the polycarbonate plate, and the buffer layer had a storage although it had a buffer layer. A laminate having no layers (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C5”) was obtained.
 [比較例6]
 本比較例では、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)として、上記各実施例よりも薄い厚さのものを有する積層体を形成した。
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A7を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体C6」)を得た。
[Comparative Example 6]
In this comparative example, as the first cured film (storage layer), a laminate having a thickness thinner than that of each of the above examples was formed.
When the storage layer was formed, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the storage layer forming composition A7 was used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminated body”) was formed. C6 ").
 [比較例7]
 本比較例では、第1の硬化膜(貯蔵層)を構成する無機粒子として、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子を、第2の硬化膜(緩衝層)を構成する無機粒子として、アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子を採用した。
 貯蔵層を形成させる際に、貯蔵層形成用組成物A1に代えて貯蔵層形成用組成物A5を使用し、且つ、緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B1に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B2を使用した以外は、実施例1と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体C7」)を得た。
[Comparative Example 7]
In this comparative example, as the inorganic particles constituting the first cured film (storage layer), inorganic particles not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group are used, and the second cured film (buffer layer) is constituted. As the inorganic particles, inorganic particles modified with a functional group containing an acryloyl group were employed.
When the storage layer is formed, the storage layer forming composition A5 is used instead of the storage layer forming composition A1, and when the buffer layer is formed, the buffer layer is replaced with the buffer layer forming composition B1. Each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer forming composition B2 was used to obtain a laminate (hereinafter referred to as “laminate C7”).
 上記実施例1~11および上記比較例1~7のそれぞれについて、評価結果を下記表3-1~表3-5に示す。ここで、表3-1~表3-5に記載の「固形分量」、「有効成分量」、および、「総乾燥重量」の定義は、上記表2-1~表2-2に記載の「固形分量」、「有効成分量」、および、「総乾燥重量」とそれぞれ同じである。 The evaluation results for each of Examples 1 to 11 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7 are shown in Tables 3-1 to 3-5 below. Here, the definitions of “solid content”, “active ingredient amount”, and “total dry weight” described in Tables 3-1 to 3-5 are as described in Tables 2-1 to 2-2 above. This is the same as “solid content”, “active ingredient amount”, and “total dry weight”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 光安定剤添加による耐光性を併せて確認するため、下記の実施例12,13,R1およびR2を実施した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
The following Examples 12, 13, R1 and R2 were carried out in order to confirm the light resistance by adding the light stabilizer.
 [実施例12]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B8を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体12」)を得た。
[Example 12]
When forming the buffer layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B8 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 12 ").
 [実施例13]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B9を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体13」)を得た。
[Example 13]
When forming the buffer layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B9 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. 13 ").
 [実施例R1]
 緩衝層を形成させる際に、緩衝層形成用組成物B3に代えて緩衝層形成用組成物B10を使用した以外は、実施例3と同様に各層の形成を行い、積層体(以下「積層体R1」)を得た。
[Example R1]
When forming the buffer layer, each layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the buffer layer forming composition B10 was used instead of the buffer layer forming composition B3. R1 ").
 [実施例R2]
 光安定剤なしの積層体として、実施例3と同様にして得られた積層体を、「積層体R2」として用いた。
 上記実施例12,13,R1およびR2のそれぞれについて、評価結果を下記表4に示す。ここで、表4に記載の「固形分量」、「有効成分量」、および、「総乾燥重量」の定義は、上記表2-1~表2-2に記載の「固形分量」、「有効成分量」、および、「総乾燥重量」とそれぞれ同じである。
[Example R2]
As the laminate without the light stabilizer, the laminate obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 was used as “Laminate R2”.
The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 below for each of Examples 12, 13, R1, and R2. Here, the definitions of “solid content”, “active ingredient amount”, and “total dry weight” described in Table 4 are “solid content”, “effective content” described in Table 2-1 to Table 2-2 above. This is the same as “component amount” and “total dry weight”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

Claims (15)

  1.  基材と、貯蔵層(A)と、緩衝層(B)とをこの順で含み;
     当該貯蔵層(A)と、当該緩衝層(B)とが互いに直に接しており;
     当該緩衝層(B)の厚さに対する当該貯蔵層(A)の厚さの比が、1.3~15の範囲にあり、
     前記貯蔵層(A)が、
      2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(a1)、
      無機粒子(a2)、および
      界面活性剤(a3)
    を含む組成物(A-1)の硬化物からなり;
     前記緩衝層(B)が、
      2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能モノマー(b1)、および
      無機粒子(b2)
    を含む組成物(B-1)の硬化物からなり;
     前記組成物(B-1)は、界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含むか、あるいは、含まず;
     前記組成物(B-1)が前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含む場合、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する当該界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少なく;且つ、
     前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含むか、あるいは、
     前記無機粒子(a2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(a2-0)であり且つ前記無機粒子(b2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)である、
    積層体。
    Including a substrate, a storage layer (A), and a buffer layer (B) in this order;
    The storage layer (A) and the buffer layer (B) are in direct contact with each other;
    The ratio of the thickness of the storage layer (A) to the thickness of the buffer layer (B) is in the range of 1.3-15,
    The storage layer (A) is
    A polyfunctional monomer (a1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups,
    Inorganic particles (a2), and surfactant (a3)
    A cured product of the composition (A-1) comprising:
    The buffer layer (B)
    A polyfunctional monomer (b1) having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, and inorganic particles (b2)
    A cured product of the composition (B-1) comprising:
    The composition (B-1) further contains or does not contain a surfactant (b3);
    When the composition (B-1) further contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of A-1); and
    The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, or
    The inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and the inorganic particles (b2) are modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group Inorganic particles (b2-0) that are not
    Laminated body.
  2.  前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含み、
     前記無機粒子(b2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)を含む、請求項1に記載の積層体。
    The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group;
    The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the inorganic particles (b2) include inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group.
  3.  前記無機粒子(a2-1)および前記無機粒子(b2-1)が、それぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたシリカ粒子と(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されたジルコニア粒子とからなる群より選ばれる1以上である請求項2に記載の積層体。 The inorganic particles (a2-1) and the inorganic particles (b2-1) are independently modified with a silica particle modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group and a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group. The laminate according to claim 2, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconia particles formed.
  4.  前記無機粒子(b2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)を含み、且つ、
     前記組成物(B-1)中の、前記(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(b2-1)の含有重量が、当該(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)の含有重量よりも多い、請求項2または3に記載の積層体。
    The inorganic particles (b2) include inorganic particles (b2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and
    The weight of the inorganic particles (b2-1) modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group in the composition (B-1) is modified with the functional group containing the (meth) acryloyl group. The laminate according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the amount of the inorganic particles (b2-0) is larger than the content weight of the inorganic particles (b2-0).
  5.  前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(b1)の含有重量が、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記多官能モノマー(a1)の含有重量よりも少ない請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The content of the polyfunctional monomer (b1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) is greater than the content of the polyfunctional monomer (a1) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1). The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the laminate is small.
  6.  前記多官能モノマー(a1)および前記多官能モノマー(b1)として、下記式(1)で表される多官能モノマーを含む請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (上記式(1)中、nは1から30の整数を示す。)
    The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, comprising a polyfunctional monomer represented by the following formula (1) as the polyfunctional monomer (a1) and the polyfunctional monomer (b1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the above formula (1), n represents an integer of 1 to 30.)
  7.  前記界面活性剤(a3)および前記界面活性剤(b3)が、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the surfactant (a3) and the surfactant (b3) have a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  8.  前記界面活性剤(a3)および前記界面活性剤(b3)として、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルセチルエーテル硫酸塩、およびポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテルからなる群より選ばれるいずれか1以上を含む請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The surfactant (a3) and the surfactant (b3) are any one or more selected from the group consisting of polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene oleyl cetyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 7, comprising:
  9.  前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記無機粒子(b2)の含有量が40~70重量%である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the content of the inorganic particles (b2) is 40 to 70 wt% with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1).
  10.  前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有量が1.0~5.0重量%である請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the content of the surfactant (a3) with respect to the total dry weight of the composition (A-1) is 1.0 to 5.0 wt%. .
  11.  前記組成物(B-1)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基とアニオン性親水基とを有する化合物をさらに含む請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the composition (B-1) further comprises a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and an anionic hydrophilic group.
  12.  前記緩衝層(B)が、光安定剤を、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対して3重量%以上含む請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the buffer layer (B) contains a light stabilizer in an amount of 3% by weight or more based on the total dry weight of the composition (B-1).
  13.  前記貯蔵層(A)の厚さが4.0μm以上である請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the storage layer (A) has a thickness of 4.0 µm or more.
  14.  (S1):前記基材を含む層の少なくとも一方の面に対して、
      前記多官能モノマー(a1)、
      前記無機粒子(a2)、
      前記界面活性剤(a3)、および
      溶媒(a4)
    を含む組成物(A-1a)の塗布物層(A2)を設ける工程、
     (S2):前記工程(S1)で得られた塗布物層(A2)から前記溶媒(a4)を除去する工程、
     (S3):前記工程(S2)の後に、塗布物層(A2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(A2)を硬化物層(A2')に変換する工程、
     (S4):前記工程(S3)の後に、前記硬化物層(A2')上に、
      前記多官能モノマー(b1)、
      前記無機粒子(b2)、および
      溶媒(b4)
    を含む組成物(B-1a)の塗布物層(B2)を設ける工程、
     (S5):前記工程(S4)で得られた塗布物層(B2)から前記溶媒(b4)を除去する工程、および
     (S6):前記工程(S5)の後に、塗布物層(B2)の硬化を行い、当該塗布物層(B2)を硬化物層(B2')に変換する工程、
    を含み;
     前記組成物(A-1a)100重量部あたりの前記組成物(A-1a)の総乾燥重量は、46重量部以上100重量部未満であり;
     前記組成物(B-1a)は、前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含むか、あるいは、含まず;
     前記組成物(B-1)が前記界面活性剤(b3)をさらに含む場合、前記組成物(B-1)の総乾燥重量に対する当該界面活性剤(b3)の含有重量は、前記組成物(A-1)の総乾燥重量に対する前記界面活性剤(a3)の含有重量よりも少なく;且つ、
     前記無機粒子(a2)が、(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾された無機粒子(a2-1)を含むか、あるいは、
     前記無機粒子(a2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(a2-0)であり且つ前記無機粒子(b2)が(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む官能基で修飾されていない無機粒子(b2-0)である、
    請求項1に記載の積層体の製造方法。
    (S1): For at least one surface of the layer containing the substrate,
    The polyfunctional monomer (a1),
    The inorganic particles (a2),
    The surfactant (a3) and the solvent (a4)
    Providing a coated layer (A2) of the composition (A-1a) containing:
    (S2): A step of removing the solvent (a4) from the coated layer (A2) obtained in the step (S1),
    (S3): After the step (S2), the coating layer (A2) is cured, and the coating layer (A2) is converted into a cured layer (A2 ′).
    (S4): After the step (S3), on the cured product layer (A2 ′),
    The polyfunctional monomer (b1),
    The inorganic particles (b2), and the solvent (b4)
    Providing a coated layer (B2) of the composition (B-1a) containing:
    (S5): a step of removing the solvent (b4) from the coating layer (B2) obtained in the step (S4), and (S6): after the step (S5), the coating layer (B2) Curing, converting the coated layer (B2) into a cured layer (B2 ′),
    Including:
    The total dry weight of the composition (A-1a) per 100 parts by weight of the composition (A-1a) is 46 parts by weight or more and less than 100 parts by weight;
    The composition (B-1a) further contains or does not contain the surfactant (b3);
    When the composition (B-1) further contains the surfactant (b3), the content of the surfactant (b3) relative to the total dry weight of the composition (B-1) Less than the content of the surfactant (a3) relative to the total dry weight of A-1); and
    The inorganic particles (a2) include inorganic particles (a2-1) modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, or
    The inorganic particles (a2) are inorganic particles (a2-0) not modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group, and the inorganic particles (b2) are modified with a functional group containing a (meth) acryloyl group Inorganic particles (b2-0) that are not
    The manufacturing method of the laminated body of Claim 1.
  15.  前記工程(S5)が、50~90℃での加熱下で行われる請求項14に記載の製造方法。 The manufacturing method according to claim 14, wherein the step (S5) is performed under heating at 50 to 90 ° C.
PCT/JP2019/019655 2018-05-18 2019-05-17 Anti-fogging laminate and method for producing same WO2019221268A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020519942A JP6945069B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2019-05-17 Anti-fog laminate and its manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018096062 2018-05-18
JP2018-096062 2018-05-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019221268A1 true WO2019221268A1 (en) 2019-11-21

Family

ID=68540165

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/019655 WO2019221268A1 (en) 2018-05-18 2019-05-17 Anti-fogging laminate and method for producing same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6945069B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019221268A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114539777A (en) * 2022-01-27 2022-05-27 广东顶峰精密技术有限公司 Preparation method of cushion pad for lamination process of multilayer printed circuit board and copper-clad plate

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04331141A (en) * 1991-01-22 1992-11-19 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Multilayer film having slow-release function
JPH1017688A (en) * 1996-07-08 1998-01-20 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Method for surface-treating substrate
JPH1095937A (en) * 1996-09-20 1998-04-14 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Coating agent and resin molded product having cured coating film
JP2001356201A (en) * 2000-06-16 2001-12-26 Canon Inc Antifogging coating, optical parts using the same and method for forming antifogging coating

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2985301A4 (en) * 2013-04-12 2016-09-21 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Copolymer and hydrophilic material comprising same
JP6331217B2 (en) * 2014-05-02 2018-05-30 Toto株式会社 Hydrophilic coating composition, hydrophilic coating film, water-related article and method for producing hydrophilic coating film

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04331141A (en) * 1991-01-22 1992-11-19 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Multilayer film having slow-release function
JPH1017688A (en) * 1996-07-08 1998-01-20 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Method for surface-treating substrate
JPH1095937A (en) * 1996-09-20 1998-04-14 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Coating agent and resin molded product having cured coating film
JP2001356201A (en) * 2000-06-16 2001-12-26 Canon Inc Antifogging coating, optical parts using the same and method for forming antifogging coating

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114539777A (en) * 2022-01-27 2022-05-27 广东顶峰精密技术有限公司 Preparation method of cushion pad for lamination process of multilayer printed circuit board and copper-clad plate
CN114539777B (en) * 2022-01-27 2022-09-02 广东顶峰精密技术有限公司 Preparation method of cushion pad for lamination process of multilayer printed circuit board and copper-clad plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019221268A1 (en) 2021-05-13
JP6945069B2 (en) 2021-10-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8367209B2 (en) Nanoengineered composite defog coating
JP5638184B2 (en) Monolayer film and hydrophilic material comprising the same
JP6731486B2 (en) Anti-fog laminate
KR101953594B1 (en) Coating solution for forming transparent film and substrate coated by transparent film
WO2018038271A1 (en) Antireflective laminate
WO2012036084A1 (en) Primer composition for optical article and optical article
JP2007293301A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device and manufacturing method of optical film
WO2011096304A1 (en) Primer composition for optical articles, and optical articles
JP6945069B2 (en) Anti-fog laminate and its manufacturing method
WO2021025049A1 (en) Antireflective laminated body having antifogging characteristics and production method thereo
JP2013023648A (en) Method for producing monolayer film
CN114667219B (en) Laminate, method for producing laminate, composition for forming antifogging film, and composition kit for forming antifogging film
JP7367316B2 (en) Highly hydrophobic active energy ray-curable composition and resin molded product
JP2013177503A (en) Coating composition, transparent coated molded article and method for producing the same
JP6016397B2 (en) Manufacturing method of photochromic lens
JP2011186292A (en) Photochromic lens
JP2022051202A (en) Anti-fogging optical laminate and manufacturing method therefor
JP3179932B2 (en) Coating composition and surface-coated molding
US20220276410A1 (en) Laminated body, method of manufacturing laminated body, antifogging film forming composition, antifogging film, and set of antifogging film forming compositions
JP2021143215A (en) Film and laminate
JP2022152737A (en) laminate
JPH11116845A (en) Coating material composition and coated product
JP2015102621A (en) Photo-resistant anti-reflection film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19803235

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020519942

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19803235

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1